Owner's Manual for BUICK models including: 2021 Buick Envision
2021 Buick Envision Owner’s Manual Envision Compact SUV Owner’s Manual 2021, buick, envision, owners, manual, Buick, envision, 2021, buick, envision, gm, owner, center, Buick, owners, manual, Envision, suv, envision, compact, suv, envision, luxury, suv, envision, crossover, suv, 2021, envision, Buick, envision, suv, online, manual, 2021, envision, online, manual, 2021, envision, information, 2021, envision, manual, envision, infotainment, system, envision, safety, features, 2021, Buick, envision, user, manual, envision, connected, services, my.buick, Buick, navigation Buick 2021 Buick Envision Owner's Manual - Dealer E Process appearing in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, and the. BUICK Emblem are trademarks and/or service marks of General Motors ...
2021 Buick Envision Owner's Manual 8 gen 2021 —
usermanual.wiki
BUICK
BUICK 2021 Buick Envision Owner's Manual
2021-envision Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84299675 B Second Printing
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs appearing in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, and the BUICK Emblem are trademarks and/or service marks of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the same "General Motors of Canada Company" for Buick Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual. This manual describes features that may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may
not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to the printing of this owner's manual. Refer to the purchase documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm the features. Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be obtained from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à l'adresse suivante: Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170 USA
©2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
2 Introduction
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found.
About Driving the Vehicle
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or a crash. Be sure to read the driving guidelines in this manual in the section called "Driving and Operating" and specifically Driver Behavior 0 187, Driving Environment 0 187, and Vehicle Design 0 187.
Danger, Warning, and Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce them.
{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death.
{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that could result in injury or death.
Caution Caution indicates a hazard that could result in property or vehicle damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means "Do not," "Do not do this," or "Do not let this happen."
Symbols
The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner's manual has
additional instructions or information.
* : Shown when the service manual has
additional instructions or information.
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page -- "see page."
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. See the features in this manual for information.
u : Air Conditioning System
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
9 : Airbag Readiness Light ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water B : Engine Coolant Temperature _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
H : Flammable
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
[ : Forward Collision Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location + : Fuses
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Installed
| : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start h : Risk of Electrical Fire > : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert h : Stop/Start
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Introduction 3
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
1. Air Vents 0 184.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 122.
3. Tap Shift Controls. See Automatic Transmission 0 203.
4. Instrument Cluster 0 89.
Driver Information Center Display. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 82.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 84.
6. Infotainment Controls. See Overview 0 126.
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp System 0 120.
8. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 121.
9. Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 180.
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
10. Power Outlets 0 85.
Wireless Charger. See Wireless Charging 0 86 (If Equipped).
Front Storage 0 77.
11. Auto Stop Disable Switch. See Stop/Start System 0 199.
Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 211 (If Equipped).
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 238 (If Equipped).
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
Rear Park Assist (RPA). See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 223 (If Equipped).
Park Assist. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 223.
12. MODE Button. See Driver Mode Control 0 212.
13. Electric Parking Brake 0 208.
14. Shift Switches. See Automatic Transmission 0 203.
15. USB Ports. See USB Port 0 134.
16. ENGINE START/STOP Button. See Ignition Positions 0 197.
17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 82.
Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
18. Horn 0 82
19. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 82 (Out of View).
Introduction 5
20. Cruise Control 0 213.
Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 214 (If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 82 (If Equipped).
21. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 105 (If Equipped).
22. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 95.
23. Hood Release. See Hood 0 255.
24. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 122
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Doors Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Vehicle Security Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 26 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Windows Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Keys and Locks
Keys
{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with a remote key is dangerous and children or others could be seriously injured or killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls or make the vehicle move. The windows will function with the remote key in the vehicle, and children or others could be caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with a remote key.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The mechanical key inside the remote key can be used for all locks.
To remove the mechanical key, press the button on the side of the remote key, and pull the mechanical key out. Never pull the mechanical key out without pressing the button. If it becomes difficult to turn the mechanical key, inspect the key blade for debris. See your dealer if a new mechanical key is needed. With an active OnStar or connected service plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 340.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
If there is a decrease in the remote key operating range:
. Check the distance. The remote key may be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the remote key battery. See "Battery Replacement" later in this section.
. If the remote key is still not working correctly, see your dealer or a qualified technician for service.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation
The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft). See "Keyless Access Operation" following.
The remote key functions may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can impact the performance of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7
With Power Liftgate Shown, Without Similar
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn signal
indicators may flash and/or the horn may sound on the first press to indicate locking. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors will lock and the driver door will immediately unlock.
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 23. If equipped with remote folding mirrors,
press and hold Q for one second to
remotely fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press K again within five seconds to unlock all
doors. The remote key can be programmed to unlock all doors on the first button press. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109. When remotely unlocking the vehicle at night, the lights come on briefly to light your approach to the vehicle. The turn signal indicators may flash to indicate unlocking.
Pressing K will disarm the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 23.
If equipped with remote folding mirrors,
press and hold K for one second to
remotely unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Press and hold K until the windows fully
open. Windows will not operate unless remote window operation is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
S : Double press S to start the engine
from outside the vehicle using the remote key. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12.
7 : Press and release one time to initiate
vehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash and the horn chirps three times. Press and hold
7 for three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The horn sounds and the turn signal
lamps flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is
pressed again or the vehicle is started.
b : If equipped, press twice quickly to
open or close the liftgate.
Press once to stop the liftgate from moving.
Keyless Access Operation
With the Keyless Access system, you can lock and unlock the doors and access the liftgate without removing the remote key from your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The remote key should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened.
Keyless Access can be programmed to unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock press from the driver door. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 36.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the driver door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed again within five seconds, all passenger doors will unlock.
Driver Shown, Passenger Similar Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: . It has been more than five seconds since
the first lock/unlock button press. . Two lock/unlock button presses were
used to unlock all doors. . Any vehicle door has opened and all
doors are now closed.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handle will unlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if either of the following occurs:
. The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed.
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Door Handles and Liftgate
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior door handles and liftgate can be disabled and enabled.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the remote key at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash four times quickly to indicate access is disabled. Using any exterior handle to unlock the doors or open the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps
to flash four times quickly, indicating access is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm system before starting the vehicle.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking may also be configured under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the remote key at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate access is enabled.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking may also be configured under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Anti-Theft Locking from Any Door
When all doors are locked using the lock/ unlock button, a second press of the button within five seconds will activate the Anti-theft Locking System.
Anti-Theft Unlocking from Any Door
When all doors are unlocked using the lock/ unlock button, the Anti-theft Locking system will be deactivated.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 9
Passive Locking
With Keyless Access this vehicle will lock several seconds after all doors are closed if the vehicle is off and at least one remote key has been removed or none remain in the interior.
The fuel door will also lock.
If other electronic devices interfere with the remote key signal, the vehicle may not detect the remote key inside the vehicle. If passive locking is enabled, the doors may lock with the remote key inside the vehicle. Do not leave the remote key in an unattended vehicle.
To customize the doors to automatically lock when exiting the vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Temporary Disable of Passive Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking by
pressing and holding K on the interior door
switch with a door open for at least four seconds, or until a chime is heard. Passive locking will then remain disabled
until Q on the interior door is pressed,
or until the vehicle is turned on.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Remote Key Left in Vehicle Alert
When the vehicle is turned off and a remote key is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp three times after all doors are closed. To turn on or off, see Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Remote Removed From Vehicle Alert
If the vehicle is on, with a door open, and then all doors are closed, the vehicle will check for remote key(s) inside. If a remote key is not detected, the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp three times.
This occurs only once each time the vehicle is driven.
To turn on or off, see Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Keyless Liftgate Opening
Press the touchpad on the liftgate handle to open the liftgate if the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft).
Key Access
To access a vehicle with a weak remote key battery, see Door Locks 0 13.
Programming Remote Keys to the Vehicle
Only remote keys programmed to this vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. When the replacement remote key is programmed to this vehicle, all remaining remote keys must also be reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen remote keys will no longer work once the new remote key is programmed.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote Key Battery
When the vehicle is started, if the remote key battery is weak, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR VEHICLE. The DIC may also display REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
To start the vehicle:
1. Place the remote key in the center console bin.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP. Replace the remote key battery as soon as possible.
Battery Replacement
{ Warning
Never allow children to play with the remote key. The remote key contains a small battery, which can be a choking
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek medical attention immediately if a battery is swallowed.
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury, do not touch metal surfaces on the remote key when it has been exposed to extreme heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).
Caution When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the remote key. Static from your body could damage the remote key.
Caution (Continued)
a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures.
Replace the battery if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 11
2. Separate the two halves of the remote key using a flat tool inserted into the bottom center of the remote key. Do not use the key slot.
Caution
Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create
(Continued)
1. Press the button on the side of the remote key near the bottom and pull the mechanical key out. Never pull the mechanical key out without pressing the button.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. Remove the old battery. Do not use a metal object.
4. Insert the new battery on the back housing, positive side facing down. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Align the front and back housing then snap the remote key together.
6. Reinsert the mechanical key.
Remote Vehicle Start
This feature allows the engine to be started from outside the vehicle.
S : This button on the remote key is for
remote start.
The climate control system will use the previous settings during a remote start. The rear window defogger may come on during remote start based on cold ambient conditions. The rear defog indicator light does not come on during remote start.
If equipped, the heated and ventilated front seats may also come on when the vehicle personalization setting is enabled. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
If equipped with a remote start heated steering wheel, it may come on during a remote start. See Heated Steering Wheel 0 82.
Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters. For example, some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any requirements.
If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the remote start feature. The vehicle may run out of fuel.
The remote key range may be shorter while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the performance of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7.
You are allowed multiple starts totaling 30 minutes of engine run time. The maximum run time of a single start is 15 minutes, and it will shut off automatically. You could do three 10 minute starts if you manually shut off after 10 minutes. The last 10 minute start would shut off automatically as your total 30 minutes will have been used.
Starting the Engine Using Remote Start
1. Press S twice on the remote key. The
turn signal lamps will flash. The lamps flash to confirm the request to remote start the vehicle has been received. During the remote start, the doors will be locked and the parking lamps will remain on as long as the engine is running.
2. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes or after the remainder of the 30 minute total running time is used, unless you stop the remote start before engine running has completed or the vehicle is turned on.
3. After entering the vehicle during a remote start, press the brake and ENGINE START/STOP with the remote key in the vehicle to drive the vehicle.
Additional Engine Run Time
Remote start can be used for up to 30 minutes of total engine run time.
After two remote starts of 15 minutes, or multiple shorter time starts totaling 30 minutes have been used, the vehicle must be started normally before the remote start can be used again.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do any of the following:
. Press S. The parking lamps will turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Turn the vehicle on and then back off.
Conditions in Which Remote Start Will Not Work
The remote start will not operate if any of the following occur: . The ignition is in any mode other
than off. . A remote key is in the vehicle. . The hood is not closed. . The hazard warning flashers are on. . There is an emission control system
malfunction. . The engine coolant temperature is
too high. . The oil pressure is low. . The 30 minutes of engine run time have
been used. . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Door Locks
{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
. Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The doors can be unlocked and opened while the vehicle is moving. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
. Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors can help prevent this from happening.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 13
To lock/unlock the doors from the outside:
. Press Q or K on the remote key. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. . Use the key in the driver door. The key lock cylinder is covered with a cap.
To lock/unlock the doors from the inside:
. Press Q or K on the power door lock
switch. . Push down on the door lock knob to lock
a door. . Pull the door handle once to unlock it.
Pull the door handle again to unlatch it.
Keyless Access
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened. Press the button on the door handle to open. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder Access (In Case of Dead Battery)
To access the driver door key lock cylinder: 1. Insert the key into the slot at the
bottom of the cap. 2. Lift the key upward to remove the cap. 3. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn
to unlock.
To replace the cap:
1. Position the bottom edge of the cap under the lower edge of the metal piece (2). The tabs (3) attach to the metal piece (2) at the positions (1).
2. Rotate the cap upward and install into place.
3. Check that the cap is secure.
Free-Turning Locks
The door key lock cylinder turns freely when either the wrong key is used, or the correct key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock feature prevents the lock from being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical position with the correct key fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the key halfway around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Power Door Locks
Q : Press to lock the doors. K : Press to unlock the doors. Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of the doors until five seconds after all doors are closed.
When Q is pressed on the power door lock
switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is active.
The doors will lock automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is reopened before that time, the five-second timer will reset when all doors are closed again.
Press Q on the door lock switch again or press Q on the remote key to lock the
doors immediately.
This feature can also be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically when all doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
If a vehicle door is unlocked and then opened and closed, the doors will lock either when your foot is removed from the brake or the vehicle speed becomes faster than 13 km/h (8 mph).
To unlock the doors:
. Press K on the power door lock switch.
. Shift the transmission into P (Park).
Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. Automatic door unlocking can be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 15
Lockout Protection
If the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power door lock switch is pressed with the driver door open, all the doors will lock and only the driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is requested while a door is open, when all doors are closed the vehicle will check for remote keys inside. If an remote key is detected and the number of remote keys inside has not reduced, the driver door will unlock and the horn will chirp three times.
Lockout Protection can be manually overridden with the driver door open by
pressing and holding Q on the power door
lock switch.
Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The safety lock is on the inside edge of the rear doors. To use the safety lock: 1. Move the lever down to the lock
position. 2. Close the door. 3. Do the same for the other rear door. To open a rear door when the safety lock is on: 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside
handle, by pressing the power door unlock switch, or by using the remote key. 2. Open the door from the outside.
When the safety lock is enabled, adults and older children will not be able to open the rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety locks to enable the doors to open from the inside.
To cancel the safety lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it from the outside.
2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the same for the other door.
Doors
Liftgate
{ Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under
the instrument panel. . Adjust the climate control system to a
setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See "Climate Control Systems" in the Index. . If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function.
See Engine Exhaust 0 203.
Caution To avoid damage to the liftgate or liftgate glass, make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Manual Liftgate
To open the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or press K on the remote
key twice to unlock all doors. Press the touchpad on the underside of the liftgate handle and lift up. Use the pull cup to lower and close the liftgate. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. For Keyless Access, the remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to automatically unlock it. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
The liftgate has an electric latch. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged.
Always close the liftgate before driving.
Power Liftgate Operation
{ Warning
You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power liftgate. Make sure there is no one in the way of the liftgate as it is opening and closing.
Caution Driving with an open and unsecured liftgate may result in damage to the power liftgate components.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17
The power liftgate switch is on the driver door. The vehicle must be in P (Park). The modes are: MAX : Opens to maximum height. 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead obstructions such as a garage door or roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be manually opened all the way. OFF : Opens manually only.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To power open or close the liftgate, select MAX or 3/4 mode.
. Press b twice quickly on the remote
key until the liftgate moves.
. Press 8 on the driver door. The driver
door must either be unlocked or locked without the security armed. . Press the touchpad on the underside of the liftgate handle after unlocking all doors. A locked vehicle can be opened if the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the touchpad.
. Press l on the bottom of the liftgate
next to the pull cup to close.
Press any liftgate button, or the touchpad,
or b on the remote key while the
liftgate is moving to stop it. Pressing
any liftgate button again or pressing b
twice quickly on the remote key restarts the operation in the reverse direction. Pressing the touchpad on the liftgate handle will restart the motion, but only in the opening direction.
Caution
Manually forcing the liftgate to open or close during a power cycle can damage the vehicle. Allow the power cycle to complete.
The power liftgate may be temporarily disabled under extreme low temperatures, or after repeated power cycling over a short period of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can still be operated manually.
If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the power function is in progress, the liftgate will continue to completion. If the vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has completed moving, the liftgate may stop or reverse direction. Check for Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages and make sure the liftgate is closed and latched before driving.
Falling Liftgate Detection
If the power liftgate automatically closes after a power opening cycle, it indicates that the system is reacting to excess weight on the liftgate or a possible support strut failure. A repetitive chime will sound while the falling liftgate detection feature is operating. Remove any excess weight. If the liftgate continues to automatically close after opening, see your dealer for service before using the power liftgate.
Interfering with the power liftgate motion or manually closing the liftgate too quickly after power opening may resemble a support strut failure. This could also activate the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow the liftgate to complete its operation and wait a few seconds before manually closing the liftgate.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will automatically reverse direction and move a short distance away from the obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the power liftgate operation can be used again. If the liftgate encounters multiple obstacles on the same power cycle, the power function will deactivate. After removing the obstructions, manually close the liftgate. This will allow normal power operation functions to resume.
If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is encountered that prevents the liftgate from completely closing, the horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate did not close.
Setting the 3/4 Mode
To change the position the liftgate stops at when opening:
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and power open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at the desired height by pressing any liftgate button. Manually adjust the liftgate position if needed.
3. Press and hold l next to the pull cup
on the bottom of the liftgate until the turn signals flash and a beep sounds. This indicates the setting has been recorded.
The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum programmable height. If there is no light flash or sound, then the height adjustment may be too low.
Manual Operation
Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate. See "Manual Liftgate" at the beginning of this section.
Caution
Attempting to move the liftgate too quickly and with excessive force may result in damage to the vehicle.
Operate the liftgate manually with a smooth motion and moderate speed. The system includes a feature which limits the manual closing speed to protect the components.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19
Hands-Free Operation
If equipped, the liftgate may be operated with a kicking motion under the left corner of the rear bumper at the location of the projected logo.
Splashing water may cause the liftgate to open. Keep the remote key away from the rear bumper detection area or turn the liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or working near the rear bumper to avoid accidental opening.
The remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper to operate the power liftgate hands-free.
The hands-free feature will not work while the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate while in motion use one of the liftgate switches.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Length of Kick Zone Kick Zone Direction
To operate, kick your foot straight up in one swift motion under the left corner of the rear bumper at the location of the projected logo, then pull it back.
. Do not sweep your foot side to side.
. Do not keep your foot under the bumper; the liftgate will not activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it has stopped moving.
. This feature may be temporarily disabled under some conditions. If the liftgate does not respond to the kick, open or close the liftgate by another method or start the vehicle. The feature will be re-enabled.
When closing the liftgate using this feature, there will be a short delay. The taillamps will flash and a chime will sound. Step away from the liftgate before it starts moving.
Projected Logo If equipped with this feature, a vehicle logo will be projected for one minute onto the ground near the rear bumper when a remote key is detected within approximately 2 m (6 ft). The projected logo may not be visible under brighter daytime conditions.
1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation Detection Zone
2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Detection Zone
The projected logo shows where the kicking motion is to take place.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
The projected logo will only be available for this remote key after it has been out of range for at least 20 seconds.
If a remote key is again detected within approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the liftgate, or another hands-free operation has been detected, the one-minute timer will be reset.
The projected logo will not work under these conditions:
. The vehicle battery is low.
. The transmission is not in P (Park).
. Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to Off in vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
. The power liftgate is turned off.
. The vehicle remains parked for 72 hours or more, with no remote key use or Keyless Access operation. To re-enable, press any button on the remote key or open and close a vehicle door.
The projected logo will not work for a single remote key when a remote key:
. Has been left within approximately 5 m (15 ft) of the liftgate for several minutes.
. Has been left inside the vehicle and all vehicle doors are closed.
. Has approached the area outside of the liftgate five times within 10 minutes.
Lens Cleaning
Use a soft, damp cloth to clean the recessed lens.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability
Action
Hands-Free Liftgate
Projected Logo
Remote key entering projected logo detection zone
Operative
On for one minute
Remote key left inside projected logo detection zone for minimum of 10 minutes
Operative
Off until remote key button press or a door is opened and closed
Remote key brought in and out of projected Operative logo detection zone five times or more within 10 minutes
Off for one hour or until remote key button press or a door is opened and closed
Vehicle remains parked for more than 72 hours
Operative
Off until remote key button press or a door is opened and closed
Vehicle battery is low
Non-operative
Off
Transmission is not in P (Park)
Non-operative
Off
Power liftgate is turned off
Non-operative
Off
Hands-free liftgate is disabled in vehicle per- Non-operative
Off
sonalization
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system.
The indicator light, on the instrument panel near the windshield, indicates the status of the system. Off : Alarm system is disarmed. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the hood, or the liftgate is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Close the liftgate and the hood. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: . Use the remote key. . Use the Keyless Access system. . With a door open, press the
inside Q.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm system
is operating. Pressing Q on the remote
key a second time will bypass the 30-second delay and immediately arm the alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the doors are locked with the key.
If the driver door is opened without first unlocking with the remote key, the horn will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23
or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
on the remote key during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is opened without first disarming the system. When the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized event.
Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the alarm if it has been activated:
. Press K on the remote key.
. Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless Access system.
. Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have left the vehicle and all doors are closed.
. Always unlock a door with the remote key or use the Keyless Access system.
Unlocking the driver door with the mechanical key will not disarm the system or turn off the alarm.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
How to Detect a Tamper Condition
If K is pressed and the horn chirps and the
lights flash three times, the alarm was activated while the alarm system was armed.
If the alarm system has been activated, a message will appear on the DIC.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the vehicle is turned off.
The immobilization system is disarmed when the ignition is on or in ACC/ ACCESSORY and a valid remote key is present in the vehicle.
The security light, in the instrument cluster, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more remote keys matched to an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly matched remote key will start the vehicle. If the remote key is ever damaged, you may not be able to start your vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the security light may come on briefly when the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again.
If the vehicle will not change ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the remote key appears to be undamaged, try another remote key. Or, you may try placing the remote key in the front cupholder located in the center console. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
If the ignition mode will not change with the other remote key or in the front cupholder, your vehicle needs service. If the ignition does change modes, the first remote key may be faulty. See your dealer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new remote key programmed to the vehicle.
It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or replacement remote keys. Up to eight remote keys can be programmed for the vehicle. To program additional remote keys, see "Programming Remote Keys to the Vehicle" under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Do not leave the remote key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Exterior Mirrors
Power Mirrors
To adjust each mirror:
1. Press } or | to choose the driver or
passenger side mirror. The indicator light will illuminate. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen.
4. Press } or | again to deselect the
mirror.
Memory Mirrors
The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 36.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 237.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
The vehicle may have Side Blind Zone Alert. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 237.
Turn Signal Indicator
The vehicle may have a turn signal indicator on the mirror housings. The indicator will flash when turn signal or hazard warning flashers are used.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
If equipped, manually fold the mirrors inward toward the vehicle to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position.
Heated Mirrors K : Press to heat the mirrors.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
See "Rear Window Defogger" under Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 180.
Automatic Dimming Mirror
If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind you.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and memory seats, the passenger and/or driver mirror tilts to a preselected position when the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the curb to be seen when parallel parking.
The mirror(s) may move from their tilted position when: . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse),
or remains in R (Reverse) for about 30 seconds. . The vehicle is turned off. . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above a set speed.
To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the glare of headlamps from behind. The dimming feature comes on when the vehicle is started.
Rear Camera Mirror
If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror provides a wide angle camera view of the area behind the vehicle.
Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle while the display is off.
Press V to scroll through the adjustment
options.
Press t and u to adjust the settings using
the indicators on the mirror. The indicators will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will remain saved.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The adjustment options are:
. Brightness
. Tilt
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
{ Warning
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a limited view. Portions of the road, vehicles, and other objects may not be seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only this camera. Objects may appear closer than they are. Check the outside mirrors or glance over your shoulder when making lane changes or merging. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Troubleshooting
. Zoom
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
See your dealer for service if a blue screen
and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and
the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as indicated to return to the automatic dimming mode.
The Rear Camera Mirror may not work properly or display a clear image if:
. There is glare from the sun or headlamps. This may obstruct objects from view. If needed, push the tab to turn off the display.
. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft damp cloth, or if equipped, with the Rear Camera Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/ Washer 0 84.
. The camera's mounting on the vehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the mounting angle of the camera has changed.
Windows
{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke.
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave the remote key in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout switch to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 6.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 201.
Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily disabled if they are used repeatedly within a short time.
Window Lockout
This feature stops the rear passenger window switches from working.
. Press 2 to engage the rear window
lockout feature. The indicator light is on when engaged.
. Press 2 again to disengage. Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without holding the window switch. Press the switch down fully and quickly release to express open the window. If equipped, pull the window switch up fully and quickly release to express close the window.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
Briefly press or pull the window switch in the same direction to stop that window's express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal System
The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold or ice could cause the window to auto-reverse. The window will operate normally after the object or condition is removed.
Automatic Reversal System Override
{ Warning
If automatic reversal system override is active, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged. Before using automatic reversal system override, make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path.
When the engine is on, override the automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions prevent it from closing.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming the Power Windows
Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be programmed. Then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the window has fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue to press the switch briefly after the window has fully opened.
Remote Window Operation
If equipped, this feature allows all windows to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle
personalization, press and hold K on the
remote key. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window and, if equipped, extend along the rod.
Roof
Sunroof
If equipped, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be active to operate the sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 197 and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 201. While the sunroof always operates in express mode, movement can be stopped by pressing the switch again.
The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure.
1. SLIDE Switch 2. Power Sunshade Switch 3. TILT Switch Sunroof Operation:
. Press and release D (1) to express-open
to the fully open position.
. Pull and release D (1) to express-close. . Press or pull D (1) again to stop at the
desired location.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Sunshade Operation:
. Press and release C (2) to express-open. . Pull and release C (2) to express-close. . Press or pull C (2) again to stop at the
desired location.
Sunroof Vent Operation:
. Press and release E (3) to vent the
sunroof.
. Pull and release E (3) to close the
sunroof vent.
Automatic Reversal System
The sunroof and power sunshade have an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof and power sunshade are operated in express-close mode.
If an object is in the path while express-closing, the reversal system will detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof or power sunshade slightly.
If frost or other conditions prevent closing, override the feature by closing the sunroof or power sunshade in manual mode. To stop movement, release the switch.
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
32 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Front Seats Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 39
Rear Seats Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Seat Belts Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . 43 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 47 Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Airbag System Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 51 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 52 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 52 What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Child Restraints Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.
The vehicle's front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted.
Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
The vehicle's rear second row seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place.
Seats and Restraints 33
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{ Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.
To raise or lower the head restraint, press the button located on the side of the head restraint, and pull up or push the head restraint down, and release the button. Pull and push on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place.
The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable.
To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down.
The second row head restraints are not removable.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the handle under the seat to unlock it.
2. Move the seat forward or rearward to adjust the seat position.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
34 Seats and Restraints
3. Release the handle to stop the seat from moving.
4. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place.
Seat Height Adjuster
Lumbar Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar, if equipped
If equipped, move the lever up or down to manually raise or lower the seat.
Power Seat Adjustment
{ Warning
The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the rear of the control up or down.
To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 35.
To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 34.
. Press (2) for upward adjustments. . Press (3) for rearward adjustments. . Press (4) for downward adjustments. . Press (5) for forward adjustments.
For vehicles equipped with lumbar and massage, move Feature Select (1) one or more times to display lumbar adjustments on the infotainment display. Press adjustment buttons as shown above.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Massage
If equipped, the ignition must be on to use the massage feature. To activate or stop massage press (6). To adjust massage intensity, move Feature Select (1) one or more times to display massage adjustments on the infotainment display. Press (3) or (5) to adjust intensity. Pressing (2) or (4) will change the massage function.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly.
Seats and Restraints 35
Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving. Manual Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
36 Seats and Restraints
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Memory Seats
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright position:
1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.
. Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward to raise.
If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers to save and recall their unique seat positions for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit position for getting out of the vehicle. Other feature positions may also be saved, such as power mirrors and power steering wheel, if equipped. Memory positions are linked to remote key 1 or 2 for automatic memory recalls.
Before saving, adjust all available memory feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and then press and release SET; a beep will sound. Then immediately press and hold 1,
2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To
manually recall these positions, press and
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is
reached. Follow the instructions under "Saving Memory Positions."
The vehicle identifies the current driver's remote key number (18). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Only remote keys 1 and 2 can be used for automatic memory recalls. A Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome message indicating the remote key number may display for the first few ignition cycles following a remote key change. For Seat Entry Memory to work properly, save the positions to the memory button (1 or 2) matching the remote key number displayed in the DIC welcome message. Carry the linked remote key when entering the vehicle.
Vehicle Personalization Settings
. To have the Seat Entry Memory movement begin when the vehicle is started, select the Settings menu, then Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See "Seat Entry Memory" later in this section.
. To begin Seat Exit Memory movement when the vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened, or when the vehicle is turned off with the driver door already
opened, select the Settings menu, then Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See "Seat Exit Memory" later in this section. . See Vehicle Personalization 0 109 for additional setting information.
Identifying Driver Number
To identify the driver number:
1. Move your remote key away from the vehicle.
2. Start the vehicle with another remote key. The DIC should display the driver number for the other remote key. Turn the vehicle off and remove the remote key from the vehicle.
3. Start the vehicle with the initial remote key. The DIC should display the driver number of your remote key.
Saving Memory Positions
Read these instructions completely before saving memory positions.
To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2:
1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY with remote key 1 or 2.
A DIC welcome message may indicate driver number 1 or 2.
Seats and Restraints 37
2. Adjust all available memory features to the desired driving position.
3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or 2 memory button matching the above DIC welcome message until two beeps sound.
If too much time passes between releasing SET and pressing 1, the memory position will not be saved and two beeps will not sound. Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. See "Identifying Driver Number" previously in this section.
5. Repeat Steps 14 for a second driver using 1 or 2.
To save the position for B and Seat Exit
Memory features, repeat Steps 14 using
B. This saves the position for getting out
of the vehicle.
Save preferred memory feature positions to both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
38 Seats and Restraints
Manually Recalling Memory Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the
previously saved memory positions if you are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC welcome message.
To stop Manual Memory recall movement,
release 1, 2, or B or press any of the
following controls:
. Power seat . Memory SET . Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected
. Power steering wheel, if equipped
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or
B buttons may be initiated and will
complete to the saved memory position if the vehicle is shifted in or out of P (Park).
Seat Entry Memory
The vehicle identifies the number of the current driver's remote key (18). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. If the remote key is 1 or 2, and Seat Entry Memory is enabled in vehicle personalization, the positions saved to the same memory button number 1 or 2 are automatically recalled when the vehicle is
turned on, or turned from off to ACC/ ACCESSORY. Remote keys 38 will not provide automatic memory recalls.
To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see "Vehicle Personalization Settings" previously in this section and Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory recall will complete if the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved memory position.
To stop Seat Entry Memory recall movement, turn the vehicle off or press any of the following controls:
. Power seat
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
. Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected
. Power steering wheel, if equipped
If the saved memory seat position does not automatically recall or recalls to the wrong positions, the driver's remote key number (1 or 2) may not match the memory button number that positions were saved to. Try storing the position to the other memory button or try the other remote key.
Seat Exit Memory
Seat Exit Memory is not linked to a remote
key. The position saved to B is used for all
drivers. To turn Seat Exit Memory on or off, see "Vehicle Personalization Settings" previously in this section and Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
If turned on, the position saved to B is
automatically recalled when one of the following occurs:
. The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time.
. The vehicle is turned off with the driver door open.
To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press any of the following memory controls:
. Power seat
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
. Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected
. Power steering wheel, if equipped
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Obstructions
If something has blocked the driver seat while recalling a memory position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction and try the recall again. If the memory position still does not recall, see your dealer.
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats
{ Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket, cushion, cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat.
Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, Heated Seat Buttons Similar
If equipped, the buttons are near the climate controls on the center stack. To operate, the engine must be running.
Lift x or y for the highest heated seat
setting. Lifting the heated seat button again will keep the heated seat at the highest setting. Press the heated seat button down to lower the heat level or turn the heated seat off. The passenger seat may take longer to heat up.
Press x or y, if available, for the highest
ventilated seat setting. Pressing the ventilated seat button again will keep the ventilated seat at the highest setting. Lift
Seats and Restraints 39
the ventilated seat button to lower the vent level or turn the ventilated seat off. A ventilated seat has a fan that pulls or pushes air through the seat. The air is not cooled.
When a heated seat is turned on, the indicator on button turns red. When a ventilated seat is turned on, the indicator on button turns blue. Three indicators illuminate for the highest setting and one for the lowest.
Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats
If the vehicle is equipped with auto heated or ventilated seats, and the engine is running, this feature will automatically activate the heated or ventilated seats at the level required by the vehicle's interior temperature.
The active high, medium, low, or off heated or ventilated seat level will be indicated by the manual heated and ventilated seat buttons on the center stack. Use the manual heated and ventilated seat buttons on the center stack to turn auto heated or ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat is unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated seats feature will not activate that seat. The auto heated and ventilated seats feature can be programmed to always be enabled when
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
40 Seats and Restraints
the vehicle is on. If equipped with a heated steering wheel, the auto heated steering wheel activation will follow the heated seat auto activation and the heated wheel indicator will follow the state of the steering wheel heat.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned on automatically. When it is cold outside, the heated seats will turn on followed by the heated steering wheel, if equipped. When it is hot outside, the ventilated seats turn on. The heated or ventilated seats are canceled when the ignition is turned on. Press the heated or ventilated seat button to use the heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle is started.
The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights may turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal.
The remote start heated or ventilated seats may be enabled or disabled in the vehicle personalization menu. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12 and Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays under certain conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.
This feature will activate when a second row door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned on. There will be an alert when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, under certain conditions, it detects when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Folding the Seatback
Either side of the seatback can be folded for more cargo space. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
To fold the seatback:
1. Pull the handle on top of the seatback to unlock it. A tab near the seatback lever raises when the seatback is unlocked.
2. Fold the seatback forward. 3. Repeat the steps to fold the other
seatback, if desired.
Raising the Seatback
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted.
To raise a seatback: 1. Lift the seatback up and push it rearward
to lock it in place. A tab near the seatback lever retracts when the seatback is locked in place. 2. Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked into position.
Seats and Restraints 41
3. Repeat the steps to raise the other seatback, if necessary.
When the seat is not in use, it should be kept in the upright, locked position.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things not to do.
{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing seat belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
42 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
injured or killed. Do not allow passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 93.
Why Seat Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About Seat Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
A: You could be -- whether you are wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear seat belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts -- not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law requires wearing seat belts.
Buckle To Drive
If equipped, this feature prevents the vehicle from shifting out of P (Park) when the driver seat belt is not buckled. The Buckle to Drive feature must be turned ON in the infotainment system to work. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109 and if equipped, Teen Driver 0 166. If the engine is running, the driver seat belt is not buckled, and the brake pedal is pressed with the vehicle in P (Park), a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Buckle the driver seat belt to shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park) will be prevented once for each ignition cycle.
For some fleet vehicles, the feature is always ON and it cannot be turned OFF in the infotainment system. Shifting from P (Park) will be prevented each time the above conditions exist.
On some models, Buckle to Drive may also prevent shifting out of P (Park) if a front passenger is unbuckled under similar conditions. A message displays in the DIC. Buckle the front passenger seat belt to shift
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
out of P (Park). This feature may not allow the vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on the front passenger seat. If this happens, remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt to shift out of P (Park).
If the driver, or on some vehicles, the present front passenger remains unbuckled, the DIC message will turn off after several seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out of P (Park). See "Seat Belts" and "Child Restraints" in the Index for information about the importance of proper restraint use.
If the driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the front passenger seat belt, is unbuckled when driving, the seat belt reminder chime and light(s) will come on. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 93. This feature may not function properly if the airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94.
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
There are additional things to know about seat belts and children, including smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 58 or
Infants and Young Children 0 60. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing seat belts. There are important things to know about wearing a seat belt properly.
. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible).
. Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.
. Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
Seats and Restraints 43
strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
44 Seats and Restraints
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to become loose or twisted.
Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back.
Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest.
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see "Seats" in the Index.
engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 62. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 53.
Seats and Restraints 45
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 47.
Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See "Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster" later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
46 Seats and Restraints
To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a seat belt, damage can occur to both the seat belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and front outboard passenger seating positions. Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 43.
Press and hold the release button while raising or lowering the height adjuster to the desired position.
After the height adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for the front outboard occupants. Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the seat belt assembly. They can help tighten the seat belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's seat belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash 0 48.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while entering or exiting the vehicle or at any time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the seat belt can damage the webbing and hardware.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide added seat belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
The comfort guides for the second row outboard seating positions of this vehicle are provided in a package in the glovebox or cargo area. Instructions are included with the guides.
Additional comfort guides are available through your dealer for the rear seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides.
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a seat belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making seat belts effective is wearing them properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around you, you should use it.
Seats and Restraints 47
But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child restraints. For more information on the proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), and seat belt anchorages to make sure they are all in working order. Look for any other loose or damaged seat belt system parts that might keep a seat belt system from performing properly. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted seat belts may not protect you in a crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, have it replaced immediately. If a belt is twisted, it may be possible to untwist by
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
48 Seats and Restraints
reversing the latch plate on the webbing. If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your dealer to fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder light is working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 93.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt Care 0 48.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared for and maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in the system please see the dealer. Parts may need to be replaced to ensure proper functionality of the system.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt system in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt system may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the seat belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of seat belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. See your dealer to have the seat belt assemblies inspected or replaced.
New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the seat belt system was not being used at the time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver . A frontal airbag for the front outboard
passenger
. A knee airbag for the driver . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
driver
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the front outboard passenger
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver
. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the front outboard passenger
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the center of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the front outboard passenger.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the lower part of the instrument panel.
For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback or side of the seat closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by seat belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system:
{ Warning
You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your seat belt, even with airbags. Airbags are designed to work with seat belts, not replace them. Also, airbags are not designed to inflate in every crash. In some crashes seat belts are the only restraint. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 51.
Wearing your seat belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Airbags are "supplemental restraints" to the seat belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a seat belt properly, whether or not there is an airbag for that person.
{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great force and faster than the blink of an eye, anyone who is up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
(Continued)
Seats and Restraints 49
Warning (Continued)
unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 58 or Infants and Young Children 0 60.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
50 Seats and Restraints
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel.
There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the steering column.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The driver and front outboard passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie-down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked.
When Should an Airbag Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 48. Airbags are designed to inflate if the impact exceeds the specific airbag system's deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants. The vehicle has electronic sensors that help the airbag system determine the severity of the impact. Deployment thresholds can vary with specific vehicle design.
Seats and Restraints 51
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or front outboard passenger's head and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds depending on whether the vehicle hits an object straight on or at an angle, and whether the object is fixed or moving, rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has advanced technology frontal airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity.
Knee airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal impacts. Knee airbags are not designed to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many side impacts.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
52 Seats and Restraints
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags will inflate when either side of the vehicle is struck, or if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the vehicle damage or the repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, and related hardware are all part of the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 50.
How Does an Airbag Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side collisions, even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection provided by seat belts by distributing the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first and second rows. The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events, although no system can prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many types of collisions, primarily because the occupant's motion is not toward those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 51.
Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to seat belts.
What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal, knee, and seat-mounted side impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they inflate. Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes. For location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 50.
The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get fresh air by opening a window or a door. If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment, you should seek medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. The feature may also activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. After turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to normal operation; the doors can be locked, the interior lamps can be turned off, and the hazard warning flashers can be turned
off using the controls for those features. If any of these systems are damaged in the crash they may not operate as normal.
{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may have also damaged important functions in the vehicle, such as the fuel system, brake and steering systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears to be drivable after a moderate crash, there may be concealed damage that could make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag, windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system will
Seats and Restraints 53
include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. . The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 337 and Event Data Recorders 0 338. . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service.
Passenger Sensing System
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position. The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the overhead console when the vehicle is started.
The words ON and OFF, and the symbols for on and off, will be visible during the system check. When the system check is complete,
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
54 Seats and Restraints
either the word ON or OFF, and the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 94.
The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system.
The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front outboard passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag inflates.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag is turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag is off. If securing a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure child restraints in the rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to transport the child when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger takes his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time.
When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 94.
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on the front outboard passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front outboard passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is active.
For some children, including children in child restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the person's seating posture and body build. Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a seat belt properly -- whether or not there is an airbag for that person.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94 for more information, including important safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag if the system determines that an infant is present in a child restraint. If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 73 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 71.
Make sure the seat belt retractor is locked by pulling the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor when installing the child restraint, even if the child restraint is equipped with a seat belt lock off. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle, the ON indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion.
Seats and Restraints 55
Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 32.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the airbag for a child in a child restraint depending upon the child's size. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the ON indicator is not lit.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Adult-Sized Occupant
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
56 Seats and Restraints
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. Use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and enable the front outboard passenger frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material from the seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This may unintentionally cause the passenger sensing system to turn the airbag off for some adult-sized occupants. If this happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt go back all the way, and then buckle the belt again without pulling the belt out all the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the ON indicator is lit.
{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag will not be able to inflate and help protect that person in a crash, resulting in an increased risk of serious injury or even death. An adult-sized occupant should not ride in the front outboard passenger seat, if the passenger airbag OFF indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting System Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See "Seat Belts" and "Child Restraints" in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates. We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates.
The ON indicator may be lit if an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is put on an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, remove the object from the seat.
{ Warning
Stowing articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced. There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle. Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system. To purchase a service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 336.
{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is disconnected, an airbag can still inflate during improper service. You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow proper service procedures, and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the vehicle's frame, bumper system, height, front end, or side sheet metal may keep the airbag system from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system can also be affected by changing, including improperly repairing or replacing, any parts of the following:
. Airbag system, including airbag modules, front or side impact sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, or airbag wiring
. Front seats, including stitching, seams or zippers
. Seat belts
. Steering wheel, instrument panel, overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar garnish trim
. Inner door seals, including speakers
Your dealer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring along with the proper replacement procedures.
Seats and Restraints 57
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, which includes sensors that are part of the passenger seat. The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System 0 53.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 292 for additional important information.
If the vehicle must be modified because you have a disability and have questions about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the airbag system
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
58 Seats and Restraints
will be affected if the vehicle is modified for any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 330.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag readiness light is working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, or broken, the airbag may not work properly. Do not open or break the airbag coverings. If there are any opened or broken airbag coverings, have the airbag covering and/or airbag module replaced. For the location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 50. See your dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system may not properly protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle's seat belts. The manufacturer instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster. Use a booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until the child passes the fit test below: . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
belt comfort guide, if available. See "Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides" under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 44. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just touching the top of the thighs. This applies belt force to the child's pelvic bones in a crash. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash.
Also see "Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides" under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 44.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a crash, they can be crushed together and seriously injured. A seat belt must be used by only one person at a time.
Seats and Restraints 59
{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the seat belt shoulder belt under both arms or behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
60 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child's neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child's neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it.
Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts.
Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. For example, in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant or child should be secured in an appropriate child restraint.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go.
There are three basic types of child restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
. Rear-facing child restraints
. Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards.
The instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the weight and height limitations for that particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of child restraints available for children with special needs.
Seats and Restraints 61
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, young children should always be secured in an appropriate child restraint.
Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
62 Seats and Restraints Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A forward-facing child restraint provides restraint for the child's body with the harness.
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for children who have outgrown their forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system until the child is large enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit properly without a booster seat. See the seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 58.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65 for more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint
2. Instruction manual provided with the child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
The child restraint instructions are important, so if they are not available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
In some areas Certified Child Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect and demonstrate how to correctly use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check with Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.
Seats and Restraints 63
Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the Restraint
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint secured in a rear seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
64 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 for additional information.
When securing a child restraint with the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Do not install a child restraint in any rear seating position where it cannot be installed securely.
Depending on where you place the child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent seat belts or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints. Adjacent seating positions should not be used if the child restraint prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the seat belt.
The seat in front of an installed child restraint should be adjusted to ensure proper installation according to the child restraint manual.
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and secure the child restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child restraint during driving or in a crash. LATCH attachments on the child restraint are used to attach the child restraint to the anchors in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can be properly installed using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle's seat belts. Do not use both the seat belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle's seat belts to secure the child in the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the seat belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether.
Seats and Restraints 65
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the lower LATCH anchorages with the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. Where the combined weight of the child and restraint are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with the top tether anchorage only.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
66 Seats and Restraints
Restraint Type
Rear-Facing Child Restraint Rear-Facing Child Restraint Forward-Facing Child Restraint Forward-Facing Child Restraint
Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Combined Weight of the Child + Child Restraint
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
LATCH Lower Anchors Only
Seat Belt Only
LATCH Lower Anchors and Top Tether Anchor
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
X
Greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
X X
Greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Seat Belt and Top Tether Anchor
X X
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 73 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 71.
Child restraints built after March 2014 will be labeled with the specific child weight up to which the LATCH system can be used to install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments. In this case, the seat belt must be used (with top tether where available) to secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 73 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 71.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Lower Anchors
Top Tether Anchor
Seats and Restraints 67
the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments (2).
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The top tether attachment hook (2) on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require
Rear Seat
} : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
H : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
68 Seats and Restraints
To assist in locating the lower anchors, each second row anchor position has a label, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether anchors.
Top Tether Anchors The top tether anchors for each rear seating position are on the back of the rear seatback. The rear compartment storage panel/cover might need to be adjusted to access the anchors. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be
attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached.
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 63 for additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System
{ Warning
A child could be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly attached to the vehicle using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle seat belt. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, do not attach more than one child restraint to a single
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
anchor. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash. A child or others could be injured.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child's neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child's neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock, and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tighten the belt behind the child restraint after the child restraint has been installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle's seat belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments.
Do not fold the rear seatback when the seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This could damage the seat belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put the Restraint 0 63. 1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the top
Seats and Restraints 69
tether and the seat belt. Refer to the child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if equipped. Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Route, attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
70 Seats and Restraints
. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback.
. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback.
. If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts.
. If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts.
3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation.
Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
after a crash, see your dealer to have the system inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint with the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65 for top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 63.
1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
If the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65.
Seats and Restraints 71
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. The push button used to release the latch plate must be visible and not obscured by the child restraint. There must not be direct contact of the child restraint to the push button.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
72 Seats and Restraints
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65.
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
If the head restraint was removed, reinstall it before the seating position is used. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" underLower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65 for additional information on installing the head restraint properly.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 63.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 94 for more information, including important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 for additional information.
Seats and Restraints 73
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 65 for top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the seatback to an upright position, if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint. The push button used to release the latch plate must be visible and not obscured by the child restraint. There must not be direct contact of the child restraint to the push button.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
74 Seats and Restraints
When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 94.
2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit, see "If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint" under Passenger Sensing System 0 53.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position.
Seats and Restraints 75
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
76 Storage
Storage
Storage Compartments Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Roof Rack System Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Storage Compartments
{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury.
Glove Box
Cupholders
Front
There are two cupholders in the center console.
Lift the handle to open the glove box. Close until it latches.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Rear
Storage 77 Center Console Storage
Cupholders may be located in the second row seat armrest. To access, pull the armrest down.
Front Storage
If equipped, the SD card is used for navigation. Do not remove the card from the holder. See Using the System 0 127.
To open the front storage compartment, slide the cover forward. There are two USB ports, SD card slot, and a power outlet inside. To close, push the cover forward and let go.
Press the button to access the storage in the center console. To close, push each side of the armrest down until they lock in place.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover
{ Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
78 Storage
{ Warning
Do not place objects on the cargo cover. Sudden stops or turns can cause objects to be thrown in the vehicle. You or others could be injured.
To remove the cargo cover, remove both cords from the hooks at the top of the liftgate and pull the cargo cover out of the vehicle.
Cargo Tie-Downs
Cargo Management System
There is storage under the load floor.
If equipped, use the cargo cover to cover items in the rear of the vehicle.
To install the cargo cover, slide it into the two front corner clips and snap into place. Attach both cords to the hooks at the top of the liftgate.
There are four cargo tie-downs in the rear compartment.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Press the handle, pull up the load floor, and fold forward to access.
Convenience Net
Stand-Up Convenience Net
Lay Down Convenience Net
This vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo tie-downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy loads.
Roof Rack System
{ Warning
If something is carried on top of the vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof rack -- like paneling, plywood, or a mattress -- the wind can catch it while the vehicle is being driven. The item
(Continued)
Storage 79
Warning (Continued)
being carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer.
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Do not load cargo exceeding 100 kg (220 lbs) and always load cargo so that it rests evenly between the crossrails and does not block the vehicle lamps or windows. Fasten the cargo securely.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
80 Storage
To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle's center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers; otherwise it may result in loss of control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Instruments and Controls
Controls Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 93 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 94 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 97 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 All-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Disabled Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . 103 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Instruments and Controls 81
Vehicle Messages Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Universal Remote System Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Universal Remote System Operation . . . 116
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
82 Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be operated by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 127.
Heated Steering Wheel
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad to
sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
( : If equipped with a heated steering
wheel, press to turn on or off. A light near the button displays when the feature is turned on.
The steering wheel takes about three minutes to reach maximum heat.
Windshield Wiper with Rainsense (AUTO Shown)
Windshield Wiper with Intermittent Wipes (INT Shown)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshield wiper lever to select the wiper speed. HI : Use for fast wipes. LO : Use for slow wipes.
INT : Use for intermittent wipes or Rainsense, if equipped and enabled. To adjust wipe frequency, turn the band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is enabled, see "Rainsense" later in this section. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. 1x : For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 269.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor.
{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.
{ Warning
Before driving the vehicle, always clear snow and ice from the hood, windshield, washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all lamps and windows. Reduced visibility from snow and ice buildup could lead to a crash.
Wipe Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediately stop.
Instruments and Controls 83
If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to OFF before the driver door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing or Rainsense, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield.
Rainsense
If equipped with Rainsense, a sensor located near the top center of the windshield detects the amount of water on the windshield and automatically controls the frequency of the windshield wiper.
When Rainsense is enabled, the normal intermittent control operates as a sensitivity control.
Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
84 Instruments and Controls
AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity. . Turn the band up for more sensitivity to
moisture. . Turn the band down for less sensitivity to
moisture. . Move the windshield wiper lever out of
the AUTO position to deactivate Rainsense. Wiper Arm Assembly Protection When using an automatic car wash, move the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This disables the automatic Rainsense windshield wipers and/or manual windshield wipers.
With Rainsense, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will automatically stop at the base of the windshield.
The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased.
Windshield Washer
f : Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue until the lever is released or the maximum wash time is reached. When the lever is released, additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been activated. See Washer Fluid 0 266 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
The ignition must be on or in ACC/ ACCESSORY to operate the rear window wiper/washer.
Rear Wiper without Rainsense Shown, with Rainsense Similar
Turn the end of the windshield wiper lever to operate the rear window wiper/washer.
OFF : Turns the system off.
INT : Intermittent wipes.
ON : Slow wipes.
1 : Push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. The lever automatically returns to its original position when released.
Reverse Gear Wipes
If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate continuously when the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing low or high speed wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the shift
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing interval wipes, then the rear wiper automatically performs interval wipes. This feature can be turned on or off. The windshield washer reservoir is used for the windshield and rear window. Check the fluid level if either washer is not working. See Washer Fluid 0 266. Rear Camera Washer
If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear camera and the Night Vision camera lens. The lever returns to its starting position when released. See Rear Camera Mirror 0 26.
Clock
Set the time and date using the infotainment system. See "Time / Date" under Settings 0 159.
Power Outlets
The vehicle has two 12-volt outlets that can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The power outlets are located: . At the front of the center console, below
the climate control system. . In the rear cargo area.
Instruments and Controls 85
{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the outlets. Do not leave electrical equipment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use because the vehicle could catch fire and cause injury or death.
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery. Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 15 amp rating.
Certain accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle and adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
86 Instruments and Controls Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone charge cords. Power Outlet 110 Volt Alternating Current The vehicle may have a power outlet that can be used to plug in electrical equipment that uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.
The power outlet is on the rear of the center console.
An indicator light on the outlet turns on to show it is in use. The light comes on when the ignition is on and equipment requiring less than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, and no system fault is detected.
The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is off or if the equipment is not fully seated into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using more than 150 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the indicator light turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 201. The power restarts when equipment using 150 watts or less is plugged into the outlet and a system fault is not detected.
The power outlet is not designed for and may not work properly, if the following are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak wattage, such as compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools
. Other equipment requiring an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc
. Medical equipment
Wireless Charging
If equipped, the vehicle has a wireless charging pad in the storage bin at the front of the floor console. The system operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible smartphone. The power output of the system is capable of charging at a rate up to 3 amp (15W), as requested by the compatible smartphone.
{ Warning
Wireless charging can affect the operation of an implanted pacemaker or other medical devices. If you have one, it is recommended to consult with your doctor before using the wireless charging system.
The vehicle must be ON, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP). The wireless charging feature may not correctly indicate charging when the vehicle is in RAP, or during Bluetooth phone calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 201.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The operating temperature is -20 °C (-4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the compatible smartphone.
{ Warning
Remove all objects from the charging pad before charging your compatible smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, rings, paper clips, or cards, between the smartphone and charging pad will become very hot. On the rare occasion that the charging system does not detect an object, and the object gets wedged between the smartphone and charger, remove the smartphone and allow the object to cool before removing it from the charging pad, to prevent burns.
To charge a compatible smartphone:
1. Open the front storage compartment cover. See Front Storage 0 77.
2. Remove all objects from the charging pad. The system may not charge if there are any objects between the smartphone and charging pad.
3. Place the smartphone face up on the charging pad.
To maximize the charge rate, ensure the smartphone is fully seated and centered in the holder with nothing under it.
Instruments and Controls 87
A thick smartphone case may prevent the wireless charger from working, or may reduce the charging performance. See your dealer for additional information.
4. The green $ next to the V will display
on the infotainment display. This indicates that the smartphone is properly positioned and charging.
If the $ turns yellow, ensure that the
charging pad is clear of any objects and that the smartphone is capable of wireless charging before re-positioning it.
If the $ does not illuminate, the
smartphone may need to be re-positioned. To re-position, turn the smartphone 180 degrees and wait three seconds before placing/aligning on the pad again.
The smartphone may become warm during charging. This is normal. In warmer temperatures, the speed of charging may be reduced.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
88 Instruments and Controls
Software Acknowledgements
Certain Wireless Charging Module product from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the open source software detailed below. Refer to the indicated open source licenses (as are included following this notice) for the terms and conditions of their use.
OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon e-mail request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for three (3) years from the date on which you purchased the product.
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.
Instrument Cluster
Instruments and Controls 89
English Base Level Cluster Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 92 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103 3. Speedometer 0 92
4. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 93
5. Fuel Gauge 0 92
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
90 Instruments and Controls
Cluster Menu
There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.
English Uplevel Cluster Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 92 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103 3. Speedometer 0 92
4. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 93
5. Fuel Gauge 0 92
Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays.
Press S or T to access the cluster
applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the list of available features within the applications. Not all applications or features will be available on all vehicles.
. Home Page
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Info App. This is where the selected Driver Information Center (DIC) displays can be viewed. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
. Audio . Navigation . Phone . Options
Home
Information Displayed here can be customized from the Options menu. See "Options" below.
Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).
Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which comes from a roadway database in the onboard navigation system, if equipped.
Time : Displays the current time.
Temperature : Displays the current outside air temperature.
Active Safety : If equipped, displays information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Forward Collision Alert (FCA).
Fuel Range : Displays the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. The Fuel Range cannot be reset.
Audio
In the Audio menu browse for music, select from the favorites, or change the audio source. Use the thumbwheel to change the station or go to the next or previous track.
Navigation
If there is an active route, press the thumbwheel to cancel or resume route guidance, or turn the voice prompts on or off.
Phone
In the Phone menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, or scroll through contacts. If there is an active call, mute the phone or switch to handset operation.
Options
Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items in the Options menu.
Instruments and Controls 91
Head-up Display (HUD) (Uplevel) : If equipped, this feature allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD image and changing or turning off the Speed Limit Sign.
HUD Rotation (Uplevel): Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save the setting. This feature may only be available in P (Park).
Speed Sign: If equipped, press the thumbwheel while Speed Sign is highlighted to turn it on or off.
Units : Choose English, Imperial, or metric units by pressing the thumbwheel while the desired item is highlighted.
Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel to select the items to be displayed in the Info app. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
Home Page Options : Press the thumbwheel to enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or off the speedometer, time, fuel range, or, if equipped, compass or speed sign.
Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display allows the driver to set a warning at a speed that they do not want to exceed. To
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
92 Instruments and Controls
set the Speed Warning press the thumbwheel when Speed Warning is displayed. Use the thumbwheel to adjust the value and press to set the speed.
Once the speed is set, this feature can be turned off by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing this page. If the selected speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed with a chime.
Remote Relearn : If equipped, this feature allows for the vehicle to relearn remote keys.
See "Programming with Recognized Remote Keys" under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Software Information : Displays open source software information.
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).
For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the vehicle is on and can move. The engine could auto start at any time. When the indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off.
When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine's revolutions per minute (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when the engine is shutting off and restarting.
Fuel Gauge
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is left in the tank. There is an arrow near the fuel gauge pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump
shuts off before the gauge reads full.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
This gauge measures the temperature of the vehicle's engine. While driving under normal operating conditions, if the red LED is illuminated, the engine is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible.
Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light There is a driver seat belt reminder light on the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten their seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the light nor the chime comes on.
Instruments and Controls 93
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light The vehicle may have a front passenger seat belt reminder light near the passenger airbag status indicator. See Passenger Sensing System 0 53.
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if the front passenger remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may come on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
94 Instruments and Controls
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), the passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 48.
The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 53 for important safety information. The overhead console has a passenger airbag status indicator.
When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, and the symbols for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, and either the symbol for on or off, to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light is on, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service right away.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 94 for more information, including important safety information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on, but the engine is not running, as a check to show the light is working. It should go out when the engine is started. If the light stays on, or comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays a message.
If a short distance must be driven with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a safe place to stop the vehicle.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light)
This light is part of the vehicle's emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it is working when the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 197.
Instruments and Controls 95
Malfunctions are often indicated by the system before any problem is noticeable. Being aware of the light and seeking service promptly when it comes on may prevent damage.
Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system may not work as well, the fuel economy may be lower, and the vehicle may not run smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Modifications to the engine, transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the use of replacement tires that do not meet the original tire specifications, can cause this light to come on. This could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle's ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications 0 254.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
96 Instruments and Controls
If the light is flashing : A malfunction has been detected that could damage the emission control system and increase vehicle emissions. Diagnosis and service may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and uphill grades.
If the light continues to flash, find a safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous guidelines and see your dealer for service as soon as possible.
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has been detected. Diagnosis and service may be required.
Check the following:
. A loose or missing fuel cap may cause the light to come on. See Filling the Tank 0 241. A few driving trips with the cap properly installed may turn the light off.
. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient engine operation and poor driveability, which may go away once the engine is warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel
brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. See Recommended Fuel 0 240. If the light remains on, see your dealer.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs If the vehicle requires an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test, the test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. Connecting devices that are not used to perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 251. See your dealer if assistance is needed. The vehicle may not pass inspection if: . The light is on when the engine is
running.
. The light does not come on when the ignition is in Service Mode.
. Critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass or cannot be made ready for the test.
Brake System Warning Light
Metric
English
This light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
If the light comes on and stays on at start up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away.
If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal might be harder to push, or the brake pedal may go closer to the floor. It could take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle 0 304.
{ Warning
The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for service.
Electric Parking Brake Light
Metric
English
This light comes on when the parking brake is applied. If the light continues flashing after the parking brake is released, or while driving, there is a problem with the Electric Parking Brake system. A message may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). If the light does not come on, or remains flashing, see your dealer.
Service Electric Parking Brake Light
This light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If this light stays on or comes on while driving, there is a problem with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the parking brake, other safety functions that utilize the EPB may also be degraded.
Instruments and Controls 97
A message may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking Brake 0 208.
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
This warning light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If the light comes on while driving, safely stop as soon as it is possible and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again to reset the system. If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. A chime may also sound when the light stays on. If the ABS warning light is the only light on, the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is not functioning.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
98 Instruments and Controls
If both the ABS warning light and the brake system warning light are on, ABS is not functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service. See Brake System Warning Light 0 96.
All-Wheel-Drive Light
All-Wheel-Drive Light Front-Wheel-Drive Light
If equipped, the corresponding light comes on when an All-Wheel Drive (AWD) mode or Front-Wheel-Drive mode is selected. See Driver Mode Control 0 212. If the light turns amber, there may be a malfunction. See your dealer.
Hill Descent Control Light
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light comes on when the system is ready for use. When the light flashes, the system is active. See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 211.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
After the vehicle is started, this light turns off and stays off if LKA has not been turned on or is unavailable. If equipped, this light is white if LKA is turned on, but not ready to assist. This light is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to assist.
LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. The LKA light is amber when assisting. This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the lane marking has been unintentionally crossed. LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, braking, or actively steering. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 238.
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Disabled Light
This indicator will display when Automatic Emergency Braking or Front Pedestrian Braking has been turned off or is currently unavailable due to malfunction.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) 0 234. See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 235.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 231.
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will display amber when a nearby pedestrian is detected in front of the vehicle. See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 235.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off. The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210. If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless necessary to help protect the driveline from damage. Adjust driving accordingly.
Instruments and Controls 99 StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off. This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control 0 210. If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust driving accordingly.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
100 Instruments and Controls
Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light
If this happens, pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 265.
Driver Mode Control Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on.
If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system are not fully operational and may not assist in maintaining control. Adjust driving accordingly. If the condition persists, see your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display.
The light flashes when the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally the indicator light goes off.
Caution
The engine coolant temperature warning light indicates that the vehicle has overheated. Driving with this light on can damage the engine and it may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Engine Overheating 0 265.
The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated.
This light comes on when Sport Mode is selected.
This light comes on when Snow/Ice Mode is selected.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is selected. See Driver Mode Control 0 212.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the vehicle is started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS. When the Light Is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 284.
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 287.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.
Instruments and Controls 101
This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light comes on and stays on, it means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system problem. See your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
This light is near the fuel gauge and comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
102 Instruments and Controls
It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
High-Beam On Light
Lamps On Reminder
The security light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 24.
This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/ Low-Beam Changer 0 120. IntelliBeam Light
This light comes on when the IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 117.
This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 117.
Cruise Control Light
The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active. See Cruise Control 0 213.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set and active. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 214.
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check that all doors are properly closed.
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The DIC is displayed in the instrument cluster. It shows the status of many vehicle systems.
S or T : Press to move between the
interactive display zones in the cluster. Press
S to go back to the previous menu. y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
the previous or next selection.
V : Press the thumbwheel to open a menu
or select a menu item. Press and hold to reset values on certain screens.
Instruments and Controls 103
Info Page Options
The info displays on the DIC can be turned on or off through the Options menu.
1. Press T to scroll to the Options menu.
Use the thumbwheel to scroll to Info Pages and press the thumbwheel to select.
2. Scroll y or z to move through the list
of possible info displays.
3. Press the thumbwheel while an item is highlighted to select or deselect that item.
The info pages can also be turned on or off through the DIC page Info Page Options.
DIC Information Displays
The following is the list of all possible DIC information displays. Some of the information displays may not be available for your particular vehicle.
While in the Info Page Options menu, the info pages can be restored to the default factory settings by pressing and holding
R on the left steering wheel controls and
the thumbwheel on the right steering wheel
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
104 Instruments and Controls
controls at the same time. For uplevel clusters, this will also reset the Display settings. See Instrument Cluster 0 89.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).
Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average Fuel Economy : The Trip display shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset. The trip odometer
can be reset by pressing V and selecting
yes or no while this display is active.
Shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. The Average Fuel
Economy can be reset by pressing V and
selecting yes or no while this display is active.
Fuel Range : Shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Fuel Information : Shows the fuel range and instantaneous fuel economy.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 258. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended. See the Maintenance Schedule booklet.
The Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, see Engine Oil Life System 0 260.
Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure is low, the value for that tire is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 286 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 287.
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the engine air filter's remaining useful life and the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the current air filter life remains. Messages will display based on the engine air filter life and the state of the system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the time of the next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the earliest convenience.
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after the engine air filter replacement. To reset, see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 261.
Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel economy, the best fuel economy over the selected distance, and a bar graph showing instantaneous fuel economy.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Average Speed : Displays the average vehicle speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset. Reset the average speed by pressing the thumbwheel while this display is active to show a confirmation window to select yes or no.
Timer : This display can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press the thumbwheel while this display is active. The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset. To stop the timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while this display is active and the timer is running.
Press the thumbwheel while this display is active to reset the timer.
Follow Distance/Gap Setting : When Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is not engaged, the current follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed as a time value on this page. When ACC has been engaged, the display switches to the gap setting page. This page shows the current gap setting along with the vehicle ahead telltale.
Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Forward Collision Alert (FCA).
Battery Voltage : Shows the current battery voltage.
Economy Trend : Shows history of the Average Fuel Economy from the last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km (3 mi) of driving. During driving the bars will shift to always reflect the most recent distance on the right side. Press the thumbwheel to open the menu while this display is active to clear the graph. Select yes or no and press the thumbwheel.
Off Road : If equipped, displays vehicle pitch and roll information, road wheel angle, and All-Wheel Drive (AWD) status.
Blank Page : Allows for no information to be displayed in the cluster info display areas.
Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which info pages appear on the DIC. Press the thumbwheel to select or deselect.
Instruments and Controls 105
Head-Up Display (HUD)
{ Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or too high in your field of view, it may take you more time to see things you need to see when it is dark outside. Be sure to keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view.
If equipped with HUD, some information concerning the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is projected through the HUD lens on top of the instrument panel. The information appears as an image focused out toward the front of the vehicle.
Caution
If you try to use the HUD image as a parking aid, you may misjudge the distance and damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be displayed in various languages in some vehicles. The speedometer reading and other numerical values can be displayed in either English or metric units.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
106 Instruments and Controls
The language selection is changed through the radio and the units of measurement is changed through the instrument cluster. See Settings 0 159 and "Options" under Instrument Cluster 0 89.
HUD Display on the Windshield The HUD may display some of the following vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts: . Speed . Audio . Phone . Navigation . Performance . Driver Assistance Features
. Vehicle Messages Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in the HUD may be cleared by using the steering wheel controls. See Vehicle Messages 0 108. Some information shown may not be available on your vehicle if it is not equipped with these features.
The HUD control is to the left of the steering wheel. To adjust the HUD image: 1. Adjust the driver seat. 2. Start the engine. 3. Use the following settings to adjust
the HUD.
$ : Press or lift to center the HUD image.
The HUD image can only be adjusted up and down, not side to side.
! : Press to select the display view. Each
press will change the display view.
D : Lift and hold to brighten the display.
Press and hold to dim the display. Continue to hold to turn the display off.
The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for outside lighting. The HUD brightness control can also be adjusted as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD image harder to see.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option
This feature allows the angle of the HUD image to be adjusted.
Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save the setting. This feature may only be available in P (Park). See Instrument Cluster 0 89.
HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD. Some vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts may be displayed in any view.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Instruments and Controls 107
Metric
Metric
Metric
English
Speed View : This displays digital speed in English or metric units, speed limit, and indicators such as vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control and set speed. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active.
The speed limit sign can be disabled in the HUD settings under Options in the Cluster Menu. See Instrument Cluster 0 89.
English
Audio/Phone View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radio station, media type, and incoming calls will be displayed.
All HUD views may briefly display audio information when the steering wheel controls are used to adjust the audio settings appearing in the instrument cluster.
Incoming phone calls appearing in the instrument cluster may also display in any HUD view.
English
Navigation View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with Turn-by-Turn Navigation information in some vehicles. The compass heading is displayed when navigation routing is not active.
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the instrument cluster may also be displayed in any HUD view.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
108 Instruments and Controls
Metric
English Performance View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with rpm reading, transmission positions, and gear shift indicator (if equipped). Care of the HUD Clean the inside of the windshield to remove any dirt or film that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry it.
HUD Troubleshooting
If you cannot see the HUD image when the ignition is on, check that: . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. . The HUD brightness setting is not too
dim or too bright. . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. . The windshield and HUD lens are clean.
If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD system. See Windshield Replacement 0 270.
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the Driver Information Center (DIC) indicate the status of the vehicle or some action that may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after another.
The messages that do not require immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed.
All messages should be taken seriously; clearing the message does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears, see your dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the messages. The system displays messages regarding the following topics: . Service Messages . Fluid Levels . Vehicle Security . Brakes . Steering . Ride Control Systems . Driver Assistance Systems . Cruise Control . Lighting and Bulb Replacement . Wiper/Washer Systems . Doors and Windows . Seat Belts . Airbag Systems . Engine and Transmission . Tire Pressure . Battery
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Engine Power Messages
REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE WITH CARE
This message displays when the vehicle propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in propulsion power can affect the vehicle's ability to accelerate. If this message is on, but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. Under certain conditions, the performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle may be driven while this message is on, but maximum acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible.
Under certain operating conditions, propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting after the ignition has been off for two minutes.
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the vehicle speed has been limited to the speed displayed. The limited speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
Vehicle Personalization
The following are all possible vehicle personalization features. Depending on the vehicle, some may not be available.
For System, Apps, and Personal features and functions, see Settings 0 159.
To access the vehicle personalization menu: 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page of the infotainment display. 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of
available options. 3. Touch to select the desired feature
setting.
4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on.
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
Settings menu.
The menu may contain the following:
Rear Seat Reminder
This allows for a chime and a message when the rear door has been opened before or during operation of the vehicle.
Instruments and Controls 109
Touch Off or On.
Buckle to Drive
This feature can prevent shifting out of Park when the driver, and if applicable the front passenger, seat belt is not buckled. See Buckle To Drive 0 42.
Touch Off or On.
Climate and Air Quality
Touch and the following may display: . Auto Fan Speed . Air Quality Sensor . Pollution Control . Auto Cooled Seats . Auto Heated Seats . Auto Defog . Auto Rear Defog . Ionizer
Auto Fan Speed
This setting specifies the amount of airflow when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
110 Instruments and Controls
Air Quality Sensor
This allows for selection of air quality sensor operation at high or low sensitivity.
Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Sensitivity.
Pollution Control
When set to on, this turns on the Recirculation Mode at low vehicle speeds such as heavy traffic.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Cooled Seats
This setting automatically turns on and regulates the ventilated seats when the cabin temperature is warm. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Heated Seats
When enabled, this feature will automatically activate the heated seats at the level required by the interior temperature. The auto heated seats can be turned off by using the heated seat buttons on the center stack. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Defog
When set to On, the front defog will automatically react to temperature and humidity conditions that may cause fogging.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Rear Defog
If equipped, this feature will automatically turn on the rear defog.
Touch Off or On.
Ionizer
If equipped and on, this feature purifies the air in the interior of the vehicle. See Climate Control Systems 0 178.
Touch Off or On.
Collision/Detection Systems
Touch and the following may display: . Alert Type . Forward Collision System . Front Pedestrian Detection . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier . Lane Change Alert . Park Assist . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Alert Type
This feature will set the type of alert received from the driver assistance systems to help avoid crashes, either Beeps or Safety Alert Seat vibration pulses.
Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Forward Collision System
This setting can alert of a potential crash with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply brakes to help reduce a collision's severity.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Front Pedestrian Detection
This feature may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes with nearby pedestrians.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 235.
Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
This feature will give a reminder that Adaptive Cruise Control provides when it has brought the vehicle to a complete stop behind another stopping vehicle, and then that vehicle drives on. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 214.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Touch Off or On.
Lane Change Alert
The LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 237.
When Lane Change Alert is disabled, Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 237.
Touch Off or On.
Park Assist
If equipped, this allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 223.
Touch Off or On.
Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
This setting enables the Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 223.
Touch Off or On.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert feature to be turned on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 223.
Touch Off or On.
Comfort and Convenience
Touch and the following may display: . Chime Volume . Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control . Reverse Tilt Mirror . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Chime Volume
This determines the chime volume level.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to adjust the volume.
Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control
The liftgate may be operated with a kicking motion under the rear bumper between the left exhaust pipe and the license plate. See Liftgate 0 16.
Touch Off, On-Open and Close, or On-Open Only.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, the driver, passenger, or both driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt downward when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the ground near the rear wheels. They may move from their tilted position when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 25.
Instruments and Controls 111
Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On Driver, or On - Passenger.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
When on and the front wiper is on, the rear wiper will automatically activate when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).
Touch Off or On.
Lighting
Touch and the following may display: . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting . Advanced Forward Lighting . Automatic High Beam Assist
Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior lamps and allows some of the exterior lamps and most of the interior lamps to turn on briefly
when K on the remote key is pressed to
locate the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
112 Instruments and Controls
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
Advanced Forward Lighting
This setting automatically adjusts headlights at corners and curves to provide greater road illumination.
Touch Off or Curve Lighting.
Automatic High Beam Assist
This setting specifies how the high beams adjust based on vehicle environment .
Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight System.
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may display: . Auto Door Unlock . Delayed Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
This setting allows selection of which doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors. To override the delay, press the power door lock switch on the door.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
Touch and the following may display: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback . Remote Lock Feedback . Remote Door Unlock . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Remote Window Operation . Passive Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert . Remote Removed From Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle with the remote key.
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the vehicle with the remote key.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors will
unlock when pressing K on the remote key.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
This setting automatically turns on the ventilated seats when using the remote start function on warm days. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 12.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
This setting will automatically turn on the heated seats when using remote start on cold days. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 12.
Touch Off or On.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Remote Window Operation
This allows the windows to be opened when
pressing and holding K on the remote key.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Touch Off or On.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what doors will unlock when using the button on the driver door to unlock the vehicle.
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door Only.
Passive Door Lock
This allows passive locking to be turned on or off and selects feedback. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when the remote key is left in the vehicle. This menu also enables Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Removed From Vehicle Alert
This setting beeps the horn three times if exiting a running vehicle with the remote key.
Touch Off or On.
Seating Position
Touch and the following may display: . Seat Entry Memory . Seat Exit Memory
Seat Entry Memory
This feature automatically recalls the previously stored 1 or 2 button positions when the ignition is changed from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 36.
Touch On or Off.
Seat Exit Memory
This feature automatically recalls the previously stored exit button positions when the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ ACCESSORY to off if the driver door is open or opened. See Memory Seats 0 36.
Touch Off or On.
Teen Driver
See Teen Driver 0 166.
Instruments and Controls 113
Valet Mode
This will lock the infotainment system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations, if equipped.
To enable valet mode: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation
screen. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the previous menu.
Universal Remote System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 336.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
114 Instruments and Controls Universal Remote System Programming
If equipped, these buttons are in the overhead console. This system can replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices. These instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other devices. Do not use the Universal Remote system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature. This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Read these instructions completely before programming the Universal Remote system. It may help to have another person assist with the programming process.
Keep the original hand-held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming. Erase the programming when vehicle ownership is terminated. See "Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons" later in this section.
To program a garage door opener, park outside directly in line with and facing the garage door opener receiver. Clear all people and objects near the garage door.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a new battery for quick and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
Programming the Universal Remote System
For questions or programming help, see www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515.
Programming involves time-sensitive actions, and may time out causing the procedure to be repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the Universal Remote system buttons with the indicator light in view. The hand-held transmitter was supplied by the manufacturer of the garage door opener receiver.
2. Press and release one of the three Universal Remote system buttons to be programmed. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter button. Do not release the hand-held transmitter button until the indicator light changes from a slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. Then release the hand-held transmitter button.
Some garage door openers may require substitution of Step 2 with the procedure under "Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators" later in this section.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
3. Press and hold the newly programmed Universal Remote system button for five seconds while watching the indicator light and garage door activation.
. If the indicator light stays on continuously or the garage door moves when the button is pressed, then programming is complete. There is no need to complete Steps 46.
. If the indicator light does not come on or the garage door does not move, a second button press may be required. For a second time, press and hold the newly programmed button for five seconds. If the indicator light is continuously lit, or the garage door moves, programming is complete.
. If the indicator light flashes rapidly and the garage door does not move, continue with programming Steps 46.
Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 13, locate the Learn or Smart button inside the garage on the garage door opener receiver. The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.
5. Press and release the Learn or Smart button. Step 6 must be completed within 30 seconds of pressing this button.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained Universal Remote system button for two seconds and release. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence up to three times to complete the training process.
The Universal Remote system should now activate the garage door.
Repeat the process for programming the two remaining buttons.
Instruments and Controls 115
Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators
For questions or programming help, see www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515.
Some radiofrequency laws and gate operators require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission. This may not be long enough for the Universal Remote system to pick up the signal during programming.
If the programming did not work, replace Step 2 under "Programming the Universal Remote System" with the following:
Press and hold the Universal Remote system button while pressing and releasing the hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then change to a rapid flash or continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 under "Programming the Universal Remote System" to complete.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
116 Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System Operation
Using the Universal Remote System
Press and hold the appropriate Universal Remote system button for at least one-half second. The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted.
Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase: 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds. 2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button
To reprogram any of the system buttons: 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under "Programming the Universal Remote System."
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Lighting
Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 120 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 120 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 120 Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 120 Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . 121 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 122
Interior Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Lighting Features Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 124
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column. Turn the control to the following positions:
O : Turns off the exterior lamps. The knob
returns to the AUTO position after it is
released. Turn to O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode. In Canada, the headlamps will automatically reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). AUTO : Automatically turns the exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting.
Lighting 117
; : Turns on the parking lamps including
all lamps, except the headlamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps together with
the parking lamps and instrument panel lights.
IntelliBeam System
If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's high-beam headlamps on and off according to surrounding traffic conditions.
The system turns the high-beam headlamps on when it is dark enough and there is no other traffic present.
This light b comes on in the instrument
cluster when the IntelliBeam system is enabled.
Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
118 Lighting
To enable the IntelliBeam system, press
b on the turn signal lever when it is
dark outside and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO or 2.
Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high beams when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph).
The blue high-beam on light appears on the instrument cluster when the high beams are on.
There is a sensor near the top center of the windshield that automatically controls the system. Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance.
The high-beam headlamps remain on, under the automatic control, until one of the following occurs:
. The system detects an approaching vehicle's headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding vehicle's taillamps.
. The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph).
. The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the button on the turn signal lever. If this
happens, press b on the turn signal
lever when the exterior lamp control is in
the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The instrument cluster light will come on to indicate the IntelliBeam system is reactivated.
The high beams may not turn off automatically if the system cannot detect another vehicle's lamps because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are missing, damaged, obstructed from view, or otherwise undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are covered with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot be detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads.
The automatic high-beam headlamps may need to be disabled if any of the above conditions exist.
Adaptive Headlight System
If equipped, this Adaptive Headlight System allows the high beam to function as the main driving light at night. The sensor in the windshield detects the lights of oncoming or preceding vehicles.
The system turns on all the high-beam headlamp LED segment when it is dark enough and there is no other traffic present.
This light b comes on in the instrument
cluster when the Adaptive Headlight System is enabled.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Turning On and Enabling the Adaptive Headlight System
To enable the Adaptive Headlight System,
press b on the turn signal lever when it
is dark outside and the exterior lamp control
is in AUTO or 2.
Driving with the Adaptive Headlight System The system only activates the high beams when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). There is a sensor near the top center of the windshield that automatically detects the lights of oncoming and preceding vehicles. Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance. Individual segments of the headlamp high beam are faded out according to the traffic situation, preventing high beam light from
glaring oncoming or preceding traffic. This gives the best light distribution without glaring other road users.
The Adaptive Headlight System remains on, under the automatic control, until one of the following situations occurs:
. Fog Lamps are turned On.
. The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph).
. The Adaptive Headlight System is disabled by the button on the turn signal lever.
If this happens, press b on the turn
signal lever when the exterior lamp
control is in the or AUTO or 2 position
to reactivate the Adaptive Headlight System. The instrument cluster light will come on to indicate the Adaptive Headlight System is reactivated.
The high beams may not turn off automatically if the system cannot detect another vehicle's lamps because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are missing, damaged, obstructed from view, or otherwise undetected.
Lighting 119
. The other vehicle's lamps are covered with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot be detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps.
. The vehicle is being driven on winding or hilly roads.
The Adaptive Headlight System may need to be disabled if any of the above conditions exist.
Town Light
Activated automatically in situations with low exterior ambient light.
The light is wide and symmetrical. The special beam pattern is designed to avoid glare for other road users.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
120 Lighting
Country Light
Activated automatically when low beams come on. This is the normal low beam light pattern.
The illumination of the current lane and the side of the road is improved, reducing glare to oncoming and preceding vehicles.
The high beams may not turn off automatically if the system cannot detect another vehicle's lamps because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are missing, damaged, obstructed from view, or otherwise undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are covered with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot be detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads.
The automatic high-beam headlamps may need to be disabled if any of the above conditions exist.
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder
A warning chime sounds if the driver door is opened while the ignition is off and the exterior lamps are on.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 3 : Push the turn signal lever away from
you and release, to turn the high beams on. To return to low beams, push the lever again or pull it toward you and release.
This indicator light turns on in the instrument cluster when the high-beam headlamps are on.
Flash-to-Pass
To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal lever toward you, and release.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of the vehicle during the day.
The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met: . The ignition is on. . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. . The transmission is not in P (Park). . The light sensor determines it is daytime.
When the DRL system is on, only the DRL are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights, and other lamps will not be on.
When it begins to get dark, the automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the headlamps.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp control to the off position and then release.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only work when the vehicle is parked.
Automatic Headlamp System
When the exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the headlamps come on automatically.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
There is a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the headlamps will come on when they are not needed.
The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel.
When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to
O or the ignition is off.
Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. Move the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable this feature.
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL)
On vehicles with the AFL system, the headlamps move horizontally while turning the steering wheel to provide greater road illumination in curves.
To activate AFL, set the exterior lamp
control to the AUTO or 2 position.
To adjust the AFL setting, see Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Lighting 121 Moving the control out of the AUTO or 2
position will deactivate the system. Headlamps can move horizontally when the vehicle speed is greater than approximately 3 km/h (2 mph). Headlamps will not move horizontally when the transmission is in R (Reverse).
Hazard Warning Flashers
| : Press this button to make the front
and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off. The hazard warning flashers turn on automatically if the airbags deploy.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
122 Lighting Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 273.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination Control
Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on when any door
is opened, K on the remote key is pressed,
or when the ignition is switched off. See Dome Lamps 0 122.
Dome Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold it there until the lane change is completed. If the lever is briefly pressed and released, the turn signal flashes three times.
The turn and lane-change signal can be turned off manually by moving the lever back to its original position.
If after signaling a turn or lane change, the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out.
This feature adjusts the brightness of all illuminated controls. The instrument panel illumination control is next to the exterior lamp control.
Push the knob in all the way until it extends out and then turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights. Push the knob back in when finished.
The knob is functional at night, or when headlamps or the parking lamps are ON.
The dome lamp controls are in the overhead console.
To operate, press the following buttons:
j OFF : Press to turn off the dome lamps when any door is opened, K on the
remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off. An indicator light on the button will turn on when the dome lamp
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
override is activated. Press j OFF again
to deactivate this feature and the indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps will
come on when any door is opened, K on
the remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off.
+ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps
on manually. Press again to turn the dome lamps off.
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the overhead console and in the rear center of the roof. For vehicles equipped with a sunroof, the reading lamps are on the overhead console and over the rear passenger doors. These lamps come on when any door is opened,
K on the remote key is pressed, or when
the ignition is switched off.
To operate, the ignition must be on, or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
Front Reading Lamps The front reading lamps are in the overhead console. Press the lamp lenses to turn the front reading lamps on and off.
Rear Reading Lamps without Sunroof If equipped, press the lamp lens to turn the rear passenger reading lamps on or off.
Lighting 123
Rear Reading Lamps with Sunroof If equipped, press the lamp lens to turn the rear passenger reading lamps on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting,
when K is pressed on the remote key. After
about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off. When any door is opened, or the remote unlock is pressed, or the vehicle is OFF, all interior lights turn on and then the dome and remaining interior lamps dim to off after 20 seconds when all doors are closed. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by turning the ignition to on or
ACC/ACCESSORY, or by pressing Q on the
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
124 Lighting
remote key. The entry lighting feature for exterior lighting can be changed by vehicle locator lights. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The dome lamp comes on when any door is opened or the ignition is turned OFF. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on after the door is closed for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off.
The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the exterior lamp control off.
The exit lighting for exterior lights can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Battery Load Management
The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM), which estimates the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge is low, the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up. When the state of
charge is high, the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging. The voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on the Driver Information Center (DIC), if equipped, may show the voltage moving up or down. This is normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed.
The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, high beams, fog lamps, rear window defogger, climate control fan at high speed, heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a DIC message might be displayed and it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible.
Battery Power Protection
The battery saver feature is designed to protect the vehicle's battery.
If some interior lamps are left on and the ignition is turned off, the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after some time.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Infotainment System
Introduction Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Radio AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 134 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
OnStar System OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Navigation Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 138 Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 147
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 147 If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 148
Voice Recognition Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Phone Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 158
Settings Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Trademarks and License Agreements Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Infotainment System 125
Introduction
Read the following pages to become familiar with the features.
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not give extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Limit your glances at the vehicle displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some features when driving. These features may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls.
Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation,
center stack controls, steering wheel controls, and infotainment display.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
126 Infotainment System
. Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command.
See Distracted Driving 0 188.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle's interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed.
Overview
Infotainment System
The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition.
1. O (Power)
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the power off.
. Press to mute/unmute the system when on.
. When the power is on and the system is not muted, a quick
status pane will display when O is pressed. Pressing O will mute the
system and trigger this pane to show a long press is required to actually power down the system.
. Turn to decrease or increase the volume.
2. { (Home Page)
. Press to go to the Home Page. See "Home Page" later in this section.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold.
3. V
. Turn to highlight a feature. Press to activate the highlighted feature.
Home Page
The Home Page is where vehicle application icons are accessed. Some applications are disabled when the vehicle is moving.
The Home Page can be set up to have up to four pages with eight icons per page.
Swipe left or right across the display to access the pages of icons.
Managing Home Page Icons
1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page icons to enter edit mode.
2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to the desired position.
3. Release your finger to drop the icon in the desired position.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
4. To move an application to another page, drag the icon to the edge of the display toward the desired page.
5. Continue dragging and dropping application icons as desired.
Steering Wheel Controls
If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.
g : Press to answer an incoming call or
start voice recognition. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 154 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 153.
c : Press to reject an incoming call or end
a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call.
The favorite and volume switches are on the back of the steering wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press to select the next or previous favorite. When on a media source, press to select the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease the volume.
Using the System
Audio
Touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, and Bluetooth.
Infotainment System 127
Phone
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 154 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 153.
Nav
If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display the navigation map. See Using the Navigation System 0 138.
Climate
Touch the Climate icon to display the Climate main page. See Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 180.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch the Wi-Fi Hotspot icon to display the Wi-Fi Hotspot information. See Settings 0 159.
Users
If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in or create a new user profile, and follow the on-screen instructions.
Only four user profiles can be active at one time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to remove a profile from the menu before
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
128 Infotainment System
creating or signing into an existing profile. The removed profile can be logged into at a later time.
Settings
Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu. See Settings 0 159.
Apple CarPlay
Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 158.
Android Auto
Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 158.
Apps
If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for download. Touch the Apps icon on the Home Page to begin.
Downloading and using in-vehicle apps requires Internet connectivity which can be accessed with a data plan through the vehicle's built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, if equipped, or a compatible mobile device
hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device's Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or similar.
Availability of apps and connectivity varies by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data plan rates apply. Features are subject to change. For more information, see www.my.buick.com/learn.
OnStar Services
If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon to display the OnStar Services and Account pages. See OnStar Overview 0 340 and OnStar System 0 137.
Camera
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 223.
Shortcut Tray
The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications.
Infotainment Display Features Infotainment display features show on the display when available. When a feature is unavailable, it may gray out. When a feature is touched, it may highlight. Haptic Feedback If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that occurs when an icon or option is touched on the display or when controls on the center stack are pressed. Infotainment Gestures Use the following finger gestures to control the infotainment system. Touch/Tap
Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change the location inside a map.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Touch and Hold
done up, down, right, or left. This feature is only available when vehicle is parked and not in motion.
Nudge
Infotainment System 129
Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a list, pan the map, or change page views. Do this by placing a finger on the display then moving it rapidly up and down or right and left.
Spread
Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application.
Drag
Nudge is used to move items a short distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold and move the selected item up or down to a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb together on the display, then move them apart.
Drag is used to move applications on the Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
130 Infotainment System
Pinch
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move them together. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.
Software Updates
Over-the-Air Software Updates
If equipped, see "Updates" under Settings 0 159 for details on software updates.
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Choose from the three most recently used sources listed at the left side of the display or touch the More icon to display a list of available sources. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), MyMedia (if available), USB, AUX (if equipped), and Bluetooth.
Infotainment System Sound Menu
From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the following:
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, and Treble using the options on the infotainment display.
Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the controls on the infotainment display or by tapping/dragging the crosshair. Finding a Station Seeking a Station
From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped)
display, touch 7 or 6 on the infotainment
display to search for the previous or next strong station or channel. Browsing Stations From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touch Browse to list all available stations or channels. Navigate up and down through all stations by scrolling the list. Touch the station or channel you want to
listen to. Touch H to save the station or
channel as a favorite.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
If equipped, touch Update Station List to update the active stations in your area. Direct Tune
Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune icon on the infotainment display to bring up the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies using the arrows on the right side of the Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station or channel using the keypad. When a new station or channel is entered, the information about that station or channel displays on the right side. This information will update with each new valid frequency.
Touch H to save the station or channel as
a favorite. The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will automatically place a decimal point within the frequency number.
Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers.
A valid AM or FM station will automatically tune to the new frequency but not close the Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM (if equipped), touch Go after entering the channel. Touch the Back icon on the
infotainment display or touch z to exit out
of Direct Tune.
The tune arrows on the right side of the Direct Tune display will tune through the complete station or channel list one station step at a time per touch. A touch and hold advances through stations or channels quickly.
If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Tune feature. Only the analog or HD1 station can use that feature. Use the display arrows to adjust to the multicast stations.
Infotainment System 131 AM, FM, and SXM Categories
From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touch Categories at the top of the Browse menu to access the categories list. The list contains names associated with the AM or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a category name to display a list of stations or channels for that category. Touching a station or channel from the list will tune the radio to that station or channel. Storing Radio Station Favorites Favorites show in the area at the top of the display. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped) Radio Stations : Touch and hold a preset to store the current station or channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
132 Infotainment System
Favorites can also be stored by touching H
in a station or channel list. This will highlight indicating that it is now saved as a favorite.
The number of favorites displayed is automatically adjusted by default, but can be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under Audio and then Set Number of Audio Favorites.
HD Radio Technology
If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with features such as digital quality sound, more stations available on a single frequency such as HD2 and HD3, and display information such as artist and song title.
From the Now Playing display, touch the HD Radio icon to turn HD on or off.
Station Access
To access HD Radio stations:
1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Radio is turned on and the station is broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will automatically tune to the HD version of the current channel (HD1) after several
seconds. The radio will also display icons representing additional channels (HD2, ...HD8), that may be available. When the radio successfully tunes to a HD station, the HD logo will display and digital audio will play.
2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the previous or next HD Radio station.
There may be a delay before the station starts playing.
The HD Radio station number is indicated next to the HD logo.
HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites.
For a list of all stations, see www.hdradio.com.
HD Radio Troubleshooting
Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to process. This can take several seconds.
Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be weak, the station is out of range, or the station may be out of alignment. Verify proper reception on another station.
If the HD Radio signal weakens while listening to HD1, the radio will automatically switch to the analog version of the radio station.
If the HD Radio signal loses reception while listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio mutes until the signal can be recovered or until the station is changed.
HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to toggle HD Radio reception on and off.
Radio Data System (RDS)
If equipped, RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information. With RDS, the radio can:
. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc.
. Display messages from radio stations.
This system relies on receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly. If this happens, contact the radio station.
When information is broadcast from a RDS station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text supporting the currently playing broadcast may also appear.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM Radio Service
If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM radio subscription can receive SiriusXM programming.
SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, number, song title, and artist appear on the display.
SiriusXM with 360L
SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced in-vehicle listening experience for subscribers. The experience now offers more categories and system learned recommendations toward discovering more personalized content.
To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, including streaming content and listening recommendations, OnStar Connected Access is required. Connected vehicle services vary
by model and require a complete working electrical system, cell reception, and GPS signal. An active connected plan is required.
Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use and subscription information.
Radio Reception
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory power outlets if there is interference or static in the radio.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference, some static can occur, especially around tall buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other. Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio.
Infotainment System 133
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time. Some cellular services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal.
Mobile Device Usage
Mobile device usage, such as making or receiving calls, charging, or just having the mobile device on may cause static interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile device or turn it off if this happens.
Multi-Band Antenna
The roof antenna is for SiriusXM, OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning System), depending on the equipped options. Keep clear of obstructions for clear reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, reception can also be affected.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
134 Infotainment System
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
When using media devices such as SD cards, USB devices, and mobile devices, consider the source. Untrusted media devices could contain files that affect system operation or performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be trusted.
USB Port
Audio stored on a USB device may be listened to.
The vehicle may be equipped with two USB ports in the center console. These ports are for data and charging. There may also be two USB ports for charging only at the rear of the center console.
Caution
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all accessories and disconnect all accessory cables from the vehicle when not in use. Accessory cables left plugged into the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be damaged or cause an electrical short if
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the unconnected end comes in contact with liquids or another power source such as the accessory power outlet.
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port.
Audio extensions supported by the USB may include: . MP3 . AAC . OGG . 3GP
Gracenote
When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote service builds voice tags for music. Voice tags allow artists, albums with hard to pronounce names, and nicknames to be used to play music through voice recognition, if equipped.
While indexing, infotainment features may be available.
My Media Library
MyMedia is only available when more than one indexed device is connected. It allows access to content from all indexed media sources. MyMedia will show as an available source in the Source page.
USB MP3 Player and USB Devices
The USB MP3 players and USB devices connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Class specification (USB MSC).
To play a USB device:
1. Connect the USB.
2. Touch Audio from the Home Page.
3. Touch the More option and then touch the USB device.
Use the following when playing an active USB source:
p : Touch to play the current media source.
j : Touch to pause playback of the current
media source.
7:
. Touch to seek the beginning of the current or previous track.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Touch and hold to reverse quickly through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
6:
. Touch to seek the next track. . Touch and hold to advance quickly
through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play music in random order.
USB Sound Menu
See "Infotainment System Sound Menu" under AM-FM Radio 0 130.
USB Browse Menu
When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media displays, the up and down arrows and A-Z appear on the left side. Select A-Z to view a display that will show all letters of the alphabet and select the letter to go to.
Touch the up and down arrows to move the list up and down.
Touch Browse and the following may display:
Playlists:
1. Touch to view the playlists stored on the USB.
2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all songs in that playlist.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback.
Supported playlist extensions are m3u and pls.
Artists:
1. Touch to view the list of artists stored on the USB.
2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all albums by the artist.
3. To select a song, touch All Songs or touch an album and then touch a song from the list.
Songs:
1. Touch to display a list of all songs on the USB.
2. To begin playback, touch a song from the list.
Albums:
1. Touch to view the albums on the USB.
2. Touch the album to view a list of all songs on the album.
Infotainment System 135
3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback.
Genres: 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that
artist. 4. Touch an album to view songs on the
album. 5. Touch a song to start playback.
Composers: 1. Touch to view the composers on
the USB. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of
albums by that composer. 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a
list of songs. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin
playback.
Folders: 1. Touch to view the directories on
the USB. 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin
playback.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
136 Infotainment System
Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on the connected Apple device and get a list of podcast episodes.
Audiobooks:
1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on the Apple device.
2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of chapters.
3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin playback.
File System and Naming
File systems supported by the USB may include: . FAT32 . NTFS . HFS+
The songs, artists, albums, and genres are taken from the file's song information and are only displayed if present. The radio displays the file name as the track name if the song information is not available.
Supported Apple Devices
To view supported devices, see my.buick.com/learn.
Storing and Recalling Media Favorites
To store media favorites, touch Browse to display a list of media types.
Touch one of the following Browse options to save a favorite:
Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to
store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. The first song in the playlist begins to play.
Artists : Touch H next to any artist to
store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first song in the artist list begins to play.
Songs : Touch H next to any song to store
the song as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite song.
Albums : Touch H next to any album to
store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite album. The first song in the album list begins to play.
Genres : Touch H next to any genre to
store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first song of the genre begins to play.
Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to
store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play.
Audiobooks : Touch H next to any
audiobook to store the audiobook as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the audiobook begins to play.
Media Playback and Mute
USB playback will be paused if the system is muted. If the steering wheel mute control is pressed again, playback will resume.
If the source is changed while in mute, playback resumes and audio will unmute.
Bluetooth Audio
If equipped, music may be played from a paired Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 154 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 153 for help pairing a device.
Volume and song selection may be controlled by using the infotainment controls. If Bluetooth is selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on the mobile device.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Music can be launched by touching Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the display or by touching the More option and then touching the Bluetooth device.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, and pair to connect the device.
2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home Page, then touch Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the display.
Bluetooth Sound Menu
See "Infotainment System Sound Menu" under AM-FM Radio 0 130.
Manage Bluetooth Devices
From the Home Page:
1. Touch Audio.
2. Touch Devices to add or delete devices.
When using the Bluetooth audio source, the radio may not be able to launch specific applications on your device. Use the device to start audio playback when it is safe to do so.
All devices launch audio differently. When selecting Bluetooth audio as a source, the radio may show as paused on the display.
Touch r to begin playback.
Browse functionality will be provided where supported by the Bluetooth device. This media content will not be part of the MyMedia source mode.
Some smartphones support sending Bluetooth music information to display on the radio. When the radio receives this information, it will check to see if any is available and display it. For more information about supported Bluetooth features, see your dealer.
OnStar System
4G LTE
If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and laptops, can be connected to high-speed Internet through the vehicle's built-in Wi-Fi hotspot.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, details, and system limitations. Service and
Infotainment System 137
connectivity may vary by make, model, year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G LTE service is available in select markets. 4G LTE performance is based on industry averages and vehicle systems design. Some services require a data plan.
The OnStar App
If equipped, the infotainment system has OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions that can be performed with the buttons can be done using the app. To open the app, touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. App updates require a corresponding service plan. Features vary by region and model. Features are subject to change. For more information, see my.buick.com/learn or
press Q.
Services
The Services tab displays the default view for the app. Use this page to launch the available OnStar services. Touch a service to open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and Advisor Call are the other tiled options.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
138 Infotainment System
Account
The Account tab displays a snapshot of the account linked with the vehicle. If there is no such account, this tab will show all values as ----. The call advisor call icon will be active even if there is no active account.
Advisor Call
Selecting Advisor Call is the same as
pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper right corner of the screen does not end the call, but returns to the previous screen.
Turn-by-Turn Directions
With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor can download a destination to the vehicle or its embedded navigation system, if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to select home, address or place. A destination transfer from OnStar will show the detail view of the destination when it is transferred from OnStar to the Navigation application. See www.onstar.com for a coverage map. Services vary by model. Map coverage is available in the United States, Puerto Rico, and Canada.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch to display the Settings page, which shows the configurations for the vehicle hotspot and allows them to be changed.
For more information, see www.onstar.com.
Navigation
Using the Navigation System
If equipped, launch the Nav application by touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the infotainment display.
When the Nav application is launched for the first time, a product walkthrough is available. Use of the feature requires the Terms and Conditions and the Privacy statement to be confirmed. If available and signed into a profile, it is also suggested to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation.
Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)
If Predictive Navigation is available and confirmed, this feature learns preferences by remembering where the vehicle has been. It uses the locations and navigation history to personalize routes and results.
Predictive Navigation may learn elements such as: . Personalized routes based on preferred
streets. . Search results that provide best matches
at the top of the list. . Predictive traffic. . Local map content updating. Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or
disabled at a later time by touching A
(Options). While in Options, touch Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 159. Navigation Map View
After opening the Nav application for the first time, the application will always open in full map view displaying the vehicle's current location. When the vehicle is stopped, the search bar will appear along
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
the top of the navigation map view. Manually close the search bar by touching
z. When the vehicle is moving, the }
(Search) icon will replace the search bar to maximize the full map view. Destination Card Preferences From the Nav application, set up Home and Work addresses to enable one-touch navigation. To set up Home and Work
addresses, touch A and select Settings,
then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show My Places on Map should be on by default. Select and enter Home and/or Work address and save.
If the vehicle's system is not signed into a customized profile, the current location icon uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a
customized profile, the current location symbol will show a customized icon. See Navigation Symbols 0 141.
Map and Navigation Settings
Touch A while in the map view to display
options. The following may display: . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North . Show on Map . Traffic Events (available with OnStar
Connected Navigation) . Settings . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set)
Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences . Fuel Grade Preferences . Manage History . Predictive Navigation: See "Predictive
Navigation (If Equipped)" previously in this section.
Infotainment System 139
. About
To exit a list, touch z in the top right
corner to return to the main map view.
Make sure to set up preferences before setting a destination and starting active guidance.
Map Preferences
Touch to choose between basic map feature configurations:
Map Colors . Auto Touch to automatically change
modes based on lighting conditions. . Day (Light) . Night (Dark)
3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display all 3D Landmarks on the map depending on the zoom level.
3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display all of the possible 3D building shapes on the map depending on the zoom level.
Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display terrain information on the map in 3D view.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
140 Infotainment System
Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will automatically adjust the zoom level when the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the turn is completed, the system automatically brings the zoom back to the originally set level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn with the next turn occurring shortly after, the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both turns are completed.
Route Preferences
Touch to access the Route Preferences. The choices are:
. Preferred Route Choose from two different route options: Fastest or Eco-Friendly.
- Fastest would be the route with the shortest drive time.
- Eco-Friendly would be the most fuel-efficient route.
. Avoid on Current Route Choose any of the road features to avoid while on route:
- Highways
- Unpaved Roads
- Ferries
- Carpool Lanes
- Toll Roads
- Tunnels
- Country Borders
Navigation Voice Control
Touch to access the voice control setting display. . Navigation Volume To adjust the
volume level, touch the up and down arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is being heard, volume can also be adjusted using the knob on the center stack or the volume switch on the steering wheel. . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a Call. Options available are:
- Full Prompt (Selected by default)
- Tone Only
- None
Traffic Events (If Equipped)
This feature provides a list of events that
are on the route or nearby. Touch A and
then select Traffic Events. An OnStar connected Navigation service plan is required.
Traffic Preferences (If Equipped)
While in Map View, touch A, then Settings
and then Map and Navigation Settings to access Traffic Preferences. When Show
Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature provides an overview of the traffic flow using different coded colors. The following options are available for rerouting:
. Auto Reroute to Better Route The system will automatically reroute if the system detects there is a traffic issue ahead.
. Ask Before Rerouting (Default) If the system detects there is a traffic issue ahead, it will display a pop-up with details about the issue. Choose to reroute or cancel the alert.
. Never Search for Better Route The system will not check for a better route until one of the above options is selected.
Alert Preferences
Set alerts on or off during both inactive and active guidance views. The following alerts may be available:
. Road Safety Alerts Touch to display upcoming School Zones.
. Traffic Camera Alerts
Manage History
Touch Manage History to access the History options:
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Clear Recent Destinations Touch \ to
clear the recent destinations.
. Clear Search History Touch \ to clear
the search history.
About
Touch to display software information, such as: . Telenav Terms and Conditions . Telenav Privacy Statement . Navigation Version
Maps
The Navigation application requires a map database to run. It is stored on an SD card that is connected to the infotainment system. If the map database is not available, a missing SD card error message will be displayed.
SD Card Error Messages
The SD card only works for one unique vehicle. The SD card must pass authentication verification to be used for that specific vehicle. If the SD card has a switch that can be set to read-only mode, ensure that it is in the upward position and not in read-only.
Potential error scenarios and messages include:
. The SD card has initialized for the first time: "Once initialized, this SD card can only be used for navigation in this vehicle."
. The SD card is not working properly: "SD card is not functioning properly. (Error Code)."
. The SD card is not paired with the existing system: "This SD card is not valid in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner's Manual for more detail or visit your dealer. (Error Code)."
. The SD card has been removed from the slot: "SD card has been removed. (Error Code)."
Touch Confirm to resume after the initialization error message. For the other messages, touch OK to return to the Home Page.
Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common symbols that appear in the Nav application.
Infotainment System 141
This indicates the vehicle's current location and direction on the map.
This is the vehicle's current location icon during inactive guidance mode. Once a user profile is created, the current location icon can be customized. This icon indicates the vehicle's current location and direction on the map.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
142 Infotainment System
The destination pin marks the location of the final destination. Touch the pin to view the destination address or to add it or remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the information by touching the pin one more time. It will automatically time out if no action is taken.
If equipped, Smart Points of Interest (POIs) are places of interest for parking and gas stations.
The traffic bar provides an overview of the route progress and any traffic and incidents along the way. As the route proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar.
Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and view the entire route. Touch it again to return to the previous view.
View the drive time by touching the estimated time of arrival (ETA).
Current Location
When the vehicle is parked and not in a Navigation session, the user icon is centered on the map view, highlighting the current location.
Destination
Receiving Destination Directions from Different Sources
Destinations can be received or transferred from different sources to the Nav application for route guidance.
Some of these sources are: . Navigation from search results. . An address from the Contacts list.
Waypoints
Add up to five waypoints, which are additional destinations, along the route. To add an additional stop or waypoint:
. From active guidance, touch }.
. Search for the destination using One-Box, Voice search, or the Quick Category icons.
. Choose search results Along Route, Nearby, or Near Destination.
. Choose the desired waypoint and touch Add to Trip or replace the current destination by touching New Destination.
Route options are not available for waypoints.
Arriving at a Waypoint
When approaching a waypoint, the system will display a Destination Arrival view. To continue on to the next destination touch the Drive to message on the infotainment display.
If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets out of the current route, the system will automatically reroute back to this waypoint. At the same time, it will show a Drive to icon along with the next waypoint address so the current waypoint can be skipped and guidance can resume to the next waypoint or destination.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Editing a Waypoint
When waypoints are added during active guidance, the system allows a stop to be deleted or the order to be changed. To edit a waypoint:
1. Touch A.
2. Touch Edit Destinations.
. Modify destination order by touching and holding the arrow until it is highlighted. Drag to move the waypoint up or down the list.
. Delete a waypoint by touching Y.
A pop-up will appear to confirm waypoint removal. Once the request is confirmed, the system will remove the address from the destinations list.
Touch z on the top right corner so
the system can recalculate the route.
If there is only one address in the destinations list, the system will disable the move and delete functions. The system will not allow the final destination to be deleted.
Map Information
Road network attributes are contained in the map database for map information. Attributes include information such as street
names, street addresses, and turn restrictions. A detailed area includes all major highways, service roads, and residential roads. The detailed areas include Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas stations, tourist attractions, and historical monuments.
Zoom Control
The zoom control display is shown on the map view. A few ways to zoom in or out are:
. Touch + or to zoom in or out on the map.
. Double tap with one finger to zoom in or single tap with two fingers to zoom out on the map.
. Use the index finger and thumb to zoom out by pinching and then zoom in by spreading those two fingers on the map.
Map Gestures and Map Scale
Use the following gestures on the infotainment display to adjust the map scale and display options.
. Pinch to zoom in or out.
. Pan the map.
Infotainment System 143
. Use two fingers to tilt down and change from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back to 2D.
. Rotate the map.
See Using the System 0 127.
Mute
When in active guidance, the audio prompts while using navigation can be muted. Touch the speaker icon on the right side of the upper bar. A slash will appear on the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted.
Active Guidance View
When a destination is chosen and a navigation session is active, the navigation system enters into an Active Guidance View (AGV).
Map Orientation
Touch the Options icon on the map to access map orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D Heading Up by default.
Available settings are: . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with
the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon will always head up and the map will rotate around it.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
144 Infotainment System
. 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon will always head up and the map will rotate around it.
. 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon will shift as the vehicle turns left and right.
Touch the icon to change the map type. The icon and label will also update accordingly.
Depending on the zoom level of the 2D Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the system may automatically switch to the 2D North Up map.
When in AGV , the entire route can be viewed in 2D North Up by touching the traffic bar. The map will zoom out and readjust to display the full route. When in 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon will appear in the middle of the display. Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic bar again to return to the previous view, either 2D or 3D.
Lane Guidance
The map will display the lane information for the upcoming maneuver if it is available.
Junction View When a vehicle is on the highway and approaching the exit, an image displays the lane that the vehicle must stay in to complete the next maneuver. Quick-Turn View
When the vehicle is approaching a turn with the next turn following in quick succession, a quick-turn list appears below the primary turn indicator. An audio prompt will announce the quick turn. Auto-Zoom When approaching a maneuver, the map will automatically zoom in to show both the vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to give a better view of the maneuver. Once the maneuver is complete, the system will zoom back to the previous zoom level.
Touch A on the map to access Settings,
then touch Map Configuration to access Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or disabled.
Directions
Touch the menu option next to the next turn street name to display Directions.
Directions displays the turns and directions from the current location to the final destination.
Editing Directions
Directions can be edited by touching the pencil icon, which expands the list to fill the display and enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, an unwanted route segment can
be removed from the route by touching Y
next to the segment. A pop-up appears to confirm segment removal.
When the route segment has been removed, all segments are replaced by an activity indicator while the new route is recalculated. When the recalculation is complete, the activity indicator is replaced with the new route segments.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Highway Exits List
Touch the highway exit icon to open the Exits List. This icon displays next to the current street name near the bottom of the display. The icon only appears when on a highway with defined exits. While traveling on roads with designated exits, an Exits List may be available. The Exits List displays the exit number, distance to the exit from the current vehicle position, and convenience stops that may be available, such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. Next Maneuver Menu When in Active Guidance, the Next Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next Maneuver at the top of the display overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to
Destination, and Traffic Indicator are displayed in a panel pinned on the right of the display. Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert If the Navigation application is not open when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to
the main navigation view or touch z to
dismiss the alert. Repeat Voice Guidance
This symbol indicates the next guidance maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last spoken guidance instruction. End Route Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end active guidance and return to inactive guidance. If active guidance is canceled before the destination has been reached, a pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear.
Infotainment System 145
Resume Trip
The trip can be resumed if it was canceled by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.
If the system has determined that the destination has been reached, either because the arrival view displayed or the destination has been passed, the Resume Trip option will not appear.
Favorites
The navigation favorites can have contacts, addresses, or POIs that have been saved through the favorite icon on the details view.
Accessing Favorites
To manage favorites, touch the Search icon on the Home Page. Touch Favorites to access the Favorites option.
In the Nav application, view the Favorites
list by touching H in the search bar along
the top of the Nav map view. If the search
bar is closed, touch } and select H.
Saving Favorites
Favorites can be added from a number of the system's applications. Touch the favorites icon to save content as a favorite.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
146 Infotainment System
Renaming Navigation Favorites
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Page and touch the System tab.
2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage Favorites option.
3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon to rename the favorite.
4. Touch Save to store the renamed favorite.
Recents
Touch H to access a list of recent
destinations.
Recenter Position Icon
Touch the Recenter Position icon in the middle bottom of the map view to reset the map to the current location.
Last Parked Location
The Last Parked Location is the last location the vehicle engine was turned off. That location is displayed in the first row of the Recents list. Touching the last Parked Location shows the Address Details view to either save the address or drive to it. The Last Parked Location can be deleted by entering the Edit display. Once the Last
Parked Location is deleted, it no longer appears in the Recents list, unless the vehicle is started at that location again.
Show POI Icons
To see the POI categories, touch Options, then touch Show on Map. Up to eight categories of icons can be selected.
Smart POI Icons on Map
The smart POI icons such as fuel stations and parking appear based on time, location, driver search behavior, driving conditions, and vehicle conditions.
Touch a smart POI icon to open the corresponding details: . Left side: Name and address of the POI.
. Right side:E + ETE (Estimated Time
Enroute.)
Report an Issue Using POI Details (If Equipped)
In the POI details page, a POI issue can be reported if the data is not accurate or the address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue near the bottom of the display to access the issue selection page. Touch one of the
predefined issues on the selection page, then touch Send. The system will send the information for analysis.
Search
Touch Search on the infotainment display to open the search display. It has a search field entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard.
Auto Suggestion
Enter a partial location in the field entry box on the search display. Auto suggestion will attempt to complete the destination based on what is being entered. Touch the suggested item to search.
Search While in Motion with No Front Seat Passenger Present
The search display will not allow changes or text input with the keyboard when the vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display showing three rows of the most commonly used categories appears. Touching the search box will activate speech recognition.
Search While in Motion with Front Seat Passenger Present
If the system detects that the front seat passenger is present with both driver and passenger seat belts buckled, touching the
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
search icon will display an alert message that allows the passenger to search for a destination as if the vehicle were stopped.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
If equipped, the position of the vehicle is determined by using satellite signals, various vehicle signals, and map data.
At times, other interference such as the satellite condition, road configuration, condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation system's ability to determine the accurate position of the vehicle.
The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals from the satellites, a symbol appears on the map screen.
This system might not be available or interference can occur if any of the following are true:
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, trees, large trucks, or a tunnel.
. Satellites are being repaired or improved.
For more information if the GPS is not functioning properly, see Problems with Route Guidance 0 147 and If the System Needs Service 0 148.
Vehicle Positioning
At times, the position of the vehicle on the map could be inaccurate due to one or more of the following reasons:
. The road system has changed.
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow.
. The vehicle is traveling on winding roads or long, straight roads.
. The vehicle is approaching a tall building or a large vehicle.
. The surface streets run parallel to a freeway.
. The vehicle has been transferred by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
. The current position calibration is set incorrectly.
. The vehicle is traveling at high speed.
. The vehicle changes directions more than once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn table in a parking lot.
. The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.
Infotainment System 147
. The GPS signal is not received. . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. . Tire chains have been installed. . The tires are replaced or worn. . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . This is the first navigation use after the
map data is updated. . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected
for several days.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic where driving is at low speeds, and the vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
Problems with Route Guidance
Inappropriate route guidance can occur under one or more of the following conditions:
. The turn was not made on the road indicated.
. Route guidance might not be available when using automatic rerouting for the next right or left turn.
. The route might not be changed when using automatic rerouting.
. There is no route guidance when turning at an intersection.
. Plural names of places might be announced occasionally.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
148 Infotainment System
. It could take a long time to operate automatic rerouting during high-speed driving.
. Automatic rerouting might display a route returning to the set waypoint if heading for a destination without passing through a set waypoint.
. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle due to a regulation by time or season or any other regulation which may be given.
. Some routes might not be searched.
. The route to the destination might not be shown if there are new roads, if roads have recently changed, or if certain roads are not listed in the map data. See Maps 0 141.
To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the map, park with the vehicle running for two to five minutes, until the vehicle position updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in a location that is safe and has a clear view of the sky and away from large obstructions.
If the System Needs Service
If the navigation system needs service, see your dealer.
Map Data Updates
The map data in the vehicle is the most up-to-date information available when the vehicle was produced. The map data is updated periodically, provided that the map information has changed.
For questions about the operation of the navigation system or the update process, see your dealer.
Database Coverage Explanations
Coverage areas vary with respect to the level of map detail available for any given area. Some areas feature greater levels of detail than others. If this happens, it does not mean there is a problem with the system. As the map data is updated, more detail can become available for areas that previously had limited detail. See Map Data Updates 0 148.
Voice Recognition
If equipped, voice recognition allows for hands-free operation within the navigation, audio, phone, and weather applications. This
feature can be started by pressing either g on the steering wheel or touching g on the
infotainment display.
However, not all features within these areas are supported by voice commands. Generally, only complex tasks that require multiple manual interactions to complete are supported by voice commands.
For example, tasks that take more than one or two touches such as selecting a song or artist to play from a media device would be supported by voice commands. Other tasks, like adjusting the volume or seeking up or down are audio features that are easily performed by pressing one or two controls are not supported by voice commands.
In general there are flexible ways to speak commands for completing the tasks. Most of them, except destination entry and voice keypad, can be completed in a single command. If the task takes more than one command to complete, the first command should be to indicate the kind of task to be performed, like "Navigation Destination Entry." The system replies with prompts that lead you through a dialog to enter the necessary information. For example, if a destination for route guidance is needed, say "Navigation" or "Destination Entry."
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Try stating a One-Shot command, such as "Navigate to Address <number, street, city, country>." Another example of a One-Shot Destination Entry command is, "Navigate to Place of Interest Hotels." If these commands don't work, try saying, "Navigate to Place of Interest" or "Navigate to Address" and the system will do the rest.
Voice recognition can be used when the ignition is on or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 201.
Using Voice Recognition
Voice recognition becomes available once the system has been initialized. This begins when the ignition is turned on. Initialization may take a few moments.
1. Press g on the steering wheel controls to activate voice recognition, or touch g
on the infotainment display.
2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt.
3. Clearly speak one of the commands described in this section.
Press g to interrupt any voice
recognition system prompt. For example, if the prompt seems to be taking too
long to finish, press g again.
There are two voice prompt modes supported:
. Long verbal prompts: The longer prompts provide more information regarding the supported actions.
. Short prompts: The short prompts provide simple instructions about what can be stated.
If a command is not spoken, the voice recognition system says a help prompt.
Prompts and Screen Displays
While a voice recognition session is active, there will be corresponding options displayed. Manual interaction in the voice recognition session is permitted. Interaction during a voice session may be completed entirely using voice commands, or some selections may expedite a session. If a selection is made using a manual control, the dialog will progress in the same way as if the selection was made through a voice command. Once the system is able to
Infotainment System 149
complete the task, or the session is terminated, the voice recognition dialog stops.
An example of this type of manual intervention is touching on an entry of a displayed number list instead of speaking the number associated with the entry desired.
Canceling Voice Recognition
. Touch the voice icon. Touching this icon will terminate a voice recognition session which was initiated by touching the icon on the infotainment display.
. Touch or say "Cancel" or "Exit" to terminate the voice recognition session and show the display from which voice recognition was initiated.
. Press c or i on the steering wheel
controls to terminate the voice session and show the display from which voice recognition was initiated.
Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
Voice recognition can understand commands that are either naturally stated in sentence form, or direct commands that state the application and the task.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
150 Infotainment System
Most languages do not support natural language commands in sentence form. For those languages, use direct commands like the examples shown on the display.
For best results:
. Listen for the prompt before saying a command or reply.
. Say "Help" or look at the screen display for example commands.
. A voice recognition system prompt can be interrupted while it is playing by
pressing g.
For example, if the prompt seems to be taking too long to finish, to speak the command without waiting for the prompt
to complete, press g.
. Speak the command naturally, not too fast, not too slow. Use direct commands without a lot of extra words.
. Usually Phone and Audio commands can be spoken in a single command.
For example say, "Call <name> at work," "Play" followed by the artist or song name, or "Tune" followed by the radio station number.
. Navigation destinations are too complex for a single command. First, say a command that explains the type of
destination needed, such as I want directions to an "Address," "Navigate to an Intersection," "I need to find a Place of Interest or POI," or "Directions to a Contact." The system responds by requesting more details. For other POIs, say the name of a category like "Restaurants," "Shopping Malls," or "Hospitals."
Most languages do not support natural language commands in sentence form. For those languages, use direct commands like the examples shown on the display.
There is no need to memorize specific command words. Direct commands might be more clearly understood by the system. An example of a direct command would be "Call <number>." Examples of these direct commands are displayed on most of the displays while a voice session is active. If "Phone" or "Phone Commands," is stated, the system understands that a phone call is requested and will respond with questions until enough details are gathered.
If the phone number has been saved with a name and a place, the direct command should include both, for example "Call <name> at work."
Using Voice Recognition for List Options
When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will ask to confirm or select an option from that list. A selection can be made by manually selecting the item, or by speaking the line number for the item to select.
When a display contains a list, there may be options that are available but not displayed. The list on a voice recognition display functions the same as a list on other displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to help display other entries from the list.
Manually scrolling or paging the list on a display during a voice recognition session suspends the current voice recognition event and plays the prompt "Make your selection from the list using the manual controls or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to try again."
If manual selection takes more than 15 seconds, the session terminates and prompts that it has timed out. The display returns back to where voice recognition was initiated.
The Back Command
Say "Back" or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go to the previous menu.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
If in voice recognition, and "Back" is stated all the way through to the initial display, then "Back" is stated one more time, the voice recognition session will cancel.
Help
Say "Help" on any voice recognition display and the help prompt for the display is played. Additionally, a pop-up displays a text version of the help prompt. Depending on how voice recognition was initiated, the Help pop-up will either display on the instrument cluster or the infotainment display. Touch Dismiss to make the pop-up go away.
Pressing g while the help prompt is playing
will terminate the prompt. Doing this will stop the help prompt so that a voice command can be used.
Voice Recognition for the Radio
Some audio displays have a voice
recognition icon (g) to launch audio voice
recognition. If the voice icon is touched in a radio display, the voice commands for radio and media features are available.
"Switch to AM" : Switch bands to AM and tune to the last AM radio station.
"Switch to FM" : Switch bands to FM and tune to the last FM radio station.
"Tune to <AM frequency> AM" : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like "nine fifty").
"Tune to <FM frequency> FM" : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like "one o one point one").
Voice Recognition for Audio My Media
If browsing MyMedia when the voice icon is selected, the voice recognition commands for MyMedia features are available.
"Play Artist" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific artist name.
"Play Artist <artist name>" : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command.
"Play Album" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific album name.
"Play Album <album name>" : Begin playback of the identified album name in the command.
"Play Song" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific song name.
Infotainment System 151
"Play Song <song name>" : Begin playback of the identified song name in the command.
"Play Genre" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific genre.
"Play Genre <genre name>" : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command.
"Play Playlist" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific playlist name.
"Play Playlist <playlist name>" : Begin playback of the identified playlist in the command.
"Play <device name>" : Play music from a specific device identified by name. The device name is the name shown on the display when the device is first selected as an audio source.
"Play Chapter" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.
"Play Chapter <chapter name>" : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command.
"Play Audiobook" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
152 Infotainment System
"Play Audiobook <audiobook name>" : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command.
"Play Episode" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.
"Play Episode <episode name>" : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command.
"Play Podcast" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.
"Play Podcast <podcast name>" : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command.
"My Media" : Begin a dialog to enter the desired media content.
Handling Large Amounts of Media Content
It is expected that large amounts of media content will be brought into the vehicle. It may be necessary to handle large amounts of media content in a different way than smaller amounts of media. The system may limit the options of voice recognition by not allowing selection of song titles by voice at the highest level if the number of songs exceeds the maximum limit.
Voice command option changes through media content limits are:
. Song files including other individual files of all media types such as audiobook chapters, podcast episodes, and videos.
. Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks.
There are no restrictions if the number of song files and albums is less than 4,000. When the number of song files connected to the system is between 4,000 and 8,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like "Play <song name>."
The restriction is that the command "Play Song" must be spoken first; the system will then ask for the song name. The reply command would be to say the name of the song to play.
Similar limits exist for album content. If there are more than 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like, "Play <album name>." The command "Play Album" must first be spoken; the system will then ask for the album name. The reply would be to say the name of the album to play.
Once the number of songs has exceeded approximately 8,000, there is no support for accessing the songs directly through voice commands. There will still be access to the media content by using commands for playlists, artists, and genres.
The access commands for playlists, artists, and genres are prohibited after the number of this type of media exceeds 4,000.
The system will provide feedback the first time voice recognition is initiated if it has become apparent that any of these limits are reached during a device initializing process.
Voice Recognition for Navigation (If Equipped)
"Navigation" : Begin a dialog to enter specific destination information.
"Navigation Commands" : Begin a dialog to enter specific destination information.
"Destination Address" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific destination address, which includes the entire address consisting of the house number, street name, and city and country.
"Destination Intersection" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific destination intersection.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
"Destination Place of Interest" : Begin a dialog to enter a destination Place of Interest category or major brand name (if equipped).
Not all brand names of businesses are available for voice entry. Most major chains, such as chains with more than 20 locations, should be available to search for by name, but the name must be precisely spoken. Nicknames or short names for the businesses will not likely be found. Lesser known businesses might have to be located by category, such as fast food, hotels, or banks.
"Destination Contact" : Begin a dialog to enter a specific destination contact name.
"Cancel Route" : End route guidance.
Voice Recognition for the Phone
"Call <contact name>" : Initiate a call to an entered contact. The command may include location if the contact has location numbers stored.
"Call <contact name> At Home," "At Work," "On Mobile," or "On Other" : Initiate a call to an entered contact and location at home, at work, on mobile device, or on another phone.
"Call <phone number>" : Initiate a call to a standard phone number or emergency number.
Say "Call <phone number>," then after the system reads back the number, repeat the "Call" command to initiate the call. If the number is not correct, "Delete" will delete the number and allow it to be entered again. If the number is not complete, speak the remaining digits.
"Pair Phone" : Begin the Bluetooth pairing process. Follow instructions on the radio display.
"Switch Phone" : Select a different phone for outgoing calls.
"Voice Keypad" : Begins a dialog to enter special numbers like international numbers. The numbers can be entered in groups of digits with each group of digits being repeated back by the system. If the group of digits is not correct, the command "Delete" will remove the last group of digits and allow them to be re-entered. Once the entire number has been entered, the command "Call" will start dialing the number.
"Voice Mail" : Initiate a call to voice mail numbers.
Infotainment System 153
Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
Press and hold g on the steering wheel
controls to pass through and launch Google phone assistant or Siri.
For the low radio, whether connected by Bluetooth or phone projection, the only available voice recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android).
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
The Bluetooth-capable system can interact with many mobile devices, allowing: . Placement and receipt of calls in a
hands-free mode. . Sharing of the device's address book or
contact list with the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle parked: . Become familiar with the features of the
mobile device. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
154 Infotainment System
. Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system.
. Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The system may not work with all mobile devices. See "Pairing" later in this section.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the system. The system can be used while the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support all functions and not all mobile devices work with the Bluetooth system. See my.buick.com for more information about compatible mobile devices.
Controls
Use the controls on the center stack and the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
g : Press to answer incoming calls and start
voice recognition on your connected Bluetooth mobile device.
i : Press to end a call, decline a call,
or cancel an operation. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call.
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Using the System 0 127.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth mobile device system, sound comes through the vehicle's front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a mobile device call can be adjusted by pressing the steering wheel controls or the volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The volume cannot be lowered beyond a certain level.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before it can be
used. See the mobile device manufacturer's user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the device.
Pairing Information
. If no mobile device has been connected, the Phone main page on the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone option. Touch this option to connect. Another way to connect is to touch the Phones tab at the top right of the display and then touch Add Phone.
. A Bluetooth smartphone with music capability can be paired to the vehicle as a smartphone and a music player at the same time.
. Up to 10 devices can be paired to the Bluetooth system.
. The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
. Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system.
. If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set to First to Connect. If there is no cell phone set to First to Connect, it will link to the
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
cell phone which was used last. To link to a different paired cell phone, see "Linking to a Different Phone" later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled on the cell phone before the pairing process is started.
2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
3. Touch Phones at the top of the infotainment display. There is also a Connect Phones option in the middle of the Phone display which will shortcut to the Phone List menu.
4. Touch Add Phone.
5. Select the vehicle name shown on the infotainment display from your cell phone's Bluetooth Settings list.
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone to confirm the six-digit code showing on the infotainment display and touch Pair. The code on the cell phone and infotainment display will need to be acknowledged for a successful pair.
7. Start the pairing process on the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide
for information on this process. Once the cell phone is paired, it will show under Connected.
8. If the vehicle name does not appear on your cell phone, there are a few ways to start the pairing process over:
. Turn the cell phone off and then back on.
. Go back to the beginning of the Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing process.
. Reset the cell phone, but this step should be done as a last effort.
9. If the cell phone prompts to accept connection or allow phone book download, touch Always Accept and Allow. The phone book may not be available if not accepted.
10. Repeat Steps 1-8 to pair additional cell phones.
First to Connect Paired Phones
If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as the First to Connect phone:
1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.
Infotainment System 155
2. Touch Settings, then touch System.
3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all connected cell phones and mobile devices.
4. Touch the information icon to the right of the cell phone to open the cell phone's settings menu.
5. Touch the First to Connect option, to enable the setting for that device.
Cell phones and mobile devices can be added, removed, connected, and disconnected. A sub-menu will display whenever a request is made to add or manage cell phones and mobile devices.
Secondary Phone
A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary Phone by touching the information icon to the right of the paired cell phone name to open the phone settings menu. If a cell phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it can connect simultaneously alongside another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as Incoming Calls. This means the mobile device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this cell phone.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
156 Infotainment System
If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while in the Phones list to swap it into the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes it possible to place outgoing calls from the Contacts and Recents list.
Listing All Paired and Connected Phones
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
2. Touch Phones.
Disconnecting a Connected Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next to the connected cell phone or mobile device to show the cell phone's or mobile device's information display.
4. Touch Disconnect.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
2. Touch Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next to the connected cell phone to display the cell phone's or mobile device's information display.
4. Touch Forget Device.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different cell phone, the new cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth system.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
2. Touch Phones.
3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from the not connected phone list. See "First to Connect Paired Phones" and "Secondary Phone" previously in this section.
Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode
To switch between handset or handsfree mode:
. While the active call is hands-free, touch the Handset option to switch to the handset mode.
The mute icon will not be available or functional while Handset mode is active.
. While the active call is on the handset, touch the Handset option to switch to the hands-free mode.
Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Calls
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth system using personal cell phone contact information for all cell phones that support the Phone Book feature. Become familiar with the cell phone settings and operation. Verify the cell phone supports this feature.
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book stored in the cell phone.
The Recents menu accesses the recents call list from your cell phone.
To make a call using the Contacts menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Contacts.
3. The Contacts list can be searched by using the first character. Touch A-Z on the infotainment display to scroll through the list of names.
Touch the name to call.
4. Touch the desired contact number to call.
To make a call using the Recents menu:
1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
2. Touch Recents. 3. Touch the name or number to call.
Making a Call Using the Keypad
To make a call by dialing the numbers: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
number.
3. Touch # on the infotainment display to
start dialing the number.
Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
To search for contacts using the keypad: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
numbers or contact names using the digits on the keypad to search. Results will show on the right side of the display. Touch one to place a call.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
There are two ways to accept a call:
. Press g on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch Answer on the infotainment display.
Declining a Call
There are two ways to decline a call:
. Press i on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch Ignore on the infotainment display.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call
Press g to answer, then touch Switch on
the infotainment display.
Declining a Call
Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on
the infotainment display
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting Calls Only)
To switch between calls, touch Phone on the Home Page to display Call View. While in Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls.
Infotainment System 157
Three-Way Calling
Three-way calling must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.
To start a three-way call while in a current call:
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add another call.
2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Recents, Contacts, or Keypad.
3. When the second call is active, touch the merge icon to conference the three-way call together.
Ending a Call . Press i on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch # on the infotainment display,
next to a call, to end only that call.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the Keypad to enter the number.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
158 Infotainment System
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay capability may be available through a compatible smartphone. If available, the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will change from gray to color on the Home Page of the infotainment display.
To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
For Wired Phone Projection
1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play store. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay.
2. Connect your Android phone or Apple iPhone by using the factory-provided phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data port. For best performance, it is highly recommended to use the device's factory-provided USB cable, which should be replaced after significant wear to maintain connection quality. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work.
3. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, accept the terms and conditions on both the infotainment system and the phone.
4. Follow the instructions on the phone.
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon USB connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
For Wireless Phone Projection
Verify your phone is wireless compatible by visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple CarPlay support page.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play store. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay.
2. For first time connection, there are two ways to set up wireless projection:
. Connect your Android phone or Apple iPhone by using the factory-provided phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data port. For best performance, it is highly recommended to use the device's factory-provided USB cable, which should be replaced after
significant wear to maintain connection quality. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work.
. Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 154 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 153.
3. Make sure wireless is turned on the phone for wireless projection to work.
4. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, agree to the terms and conditions on both the infotainment system and the phone.
5. Follow the instructions on the phone.
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon wireless connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch.
Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android Auto may experience occasional service disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.
To disconnect the phones wireless projection:
1. Select Settings from the Home Page.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
2. Select Phones
3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be
disconnected.
4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
Features are subject to change. For further information on how to set up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see my.buick.com.
Android Auto is provided by Google and is subject to Google's terms and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is subject to Apple's terms and privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto support and to see if your phone is compatible, see https://support.google.com/ androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and to see if your phone is compatible, see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may change or suspend availability at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Press { on the center stack to exit Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
hold { on the center stack.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be disabled from the infotainment system. To do this, touch Home, Settings, and then touch the Apps tab along the top of the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Settings
Certain settings can be managed in the Owner Center sites when an account is established, and may be modified if other users have accessed the vehicle or created accounts. This may result in changes to the security or functionality of the infotainment system. Some settings may also be transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For instructions, see your dealer.
Refer to the User Terms and Privacy Statement for important details. To view, touch the Settings icon on the Home Page of the infotainment display.
Infotainment System 159
The settings menu may be organized into four categories. Select the desired category by touching System, Apps, Vehicle or Personal.
To access the personalization menus:
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the infotainment display.
2. Touch the desired category to display a list of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired feature setting.
4. Touch the options on the infotainment display to disable or enable a feature.
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
Settings menu.
System
The menu may contain the following:
Time / Date
Use the following features to set the clock: . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or
On to enable or disable automatic update of the time and date. When this feature is on, the time and date cannot be manually set.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
160 Infotainment System
. Set Time: Touch to manually set the time using the controls on the infotainment display.
. Set Date: Touch to manually set the date using the controls on the infotainment display.
. Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch Off or On to disable or enable automatic update of the time zone based on vehicle location. When this feature is on, the time zone cannot be manually set.
. Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set the time zone. Touch a time zone from the list.
. Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the clock format shown.
Touch Off or On to disable or enable.
Language
This will set the display language used on the infotainment display. It may also use the selected language for voice recognition and audio feedback. Touch Language and touch the appropriate language.
Phones
Touch to connect to a different cell phone or mobile device source, disconnect a cell phone or media device, or delete a cell phone or media device.
Wi-Fi Networks
This will show connected and available Wi-Fi networks.
If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the vehicle, the infotainment system can be connected to an external protected Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home hotspot, to utilize connected services.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch and the following may display: . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use
the vehicle hotspot.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi name. . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi password. . Connected Devices: Touch to show connected devices.
. Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its data, or touch Off to allow devices to only use the vehicle hotspot but not its data.
Privacy
Touch and the following may display:
. Location Services: This setting enables or disables sharing of vehicle location outside the vehicle. Emergency services will not be affected when Off is selected.
. Data Services: If equipped, this setting determines if data sharing can be used by features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and applications. Touch Off to disable data services. Emergency services and phone calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or others, will not be affected when Off is selected.
. Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting determines if voice commands can be shared with a cloud-based voice recognition system. Touch Off to prevent the sharing and possible recording of your voice commands with this system. This may limit the system's ability to understand your voice commands and may disable some features.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Types: This setting lists all Android-defined as dangerous permissions currently used by the infotainment system, the number of applications that have requested this permission, and the number of applications that are allowed to use this permission.
. Used By Applications: This setting lists all applications that are requested or are using Android-defined as dangerous permissions. Only requested and active permissions are shown.
Device Remote Access
Touch and the following may display:
. Remote Access: Allowed devices can interact with vehicle features and access data. This feature can be turned off or on.
. Device Permissions: Shows only devices with an installed app linked to this vehicle that can request Remote Access.
Display
Touch and the following may display:
. Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the navigation map view and any downloaded apps optimized for day or night time conditions. Set to Auto for the display to automatically adjust based on bright/dark conditions.
Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the display.
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate the infotainment display and follow the prompts.
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the display off. Touch anywhere on the infotainment display or press any infotainment control on the center stack again to turn the display on.
Sounds
Touch and the following may display:
. Maximum Startup Volume: This feature adjusts the maximum volume of the infotainment system when you start your vehicle. To set the maximum startup volume, touch the controls on the infotainment display to increase or decrease.
. Audio Cues: This feature determines if sounds play when the infotainment system starts up and shuts down. This feature can be turned off or on.
. Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting controls the volume of Audio Cues played on startup and shut down. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to increase or decrease.
Infotainment System 161
. Audible Touch Feedback: This setting determines if a sound plays when touching the infotainment display or radio controls. This feature can be turned off or on.
Voice
Touch and the following may display:
. Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies how often the voice recognition system confirms commands. Touch Confirm More to have the system check with you more often before acting on your commands.
. Prompt Length: This setting specifies the amount of detail the voice recognition system provides when giving you feedback. Touch Auto to have the system automatically adjust to your speech habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto.
. Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly the voice recognition system speaks.
. Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for shorter prompts. Touch On to hear prompts with more personality. Touch Auto to have the prompt match your command style.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
162 Infotainment System
. Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to provide tutorial feedback on the display.
. Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting controls whether voice commands can be spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn this on to speak commands without hearing the full prompt. Speaking while the prompt is still playing will immediately stop playing the current prompt and recognize your command. Background noise may cause accidental interruptions. Touch Off or On.
Favorites
Touch and the following may display:
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites.
Favorites can be moved, renamed, or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and then drag up or down to rearrange the position.
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Auto setting will automatically adjust this number based on the number of favorites you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.
Updates
If equipped, the vehicle can download and install select software updates over a wireless connection. The system will prompt for certain updates to be downloaded and installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually.
To manually check for updates, touch Settings on the Home Page and select the System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software section and touch Updates. Follow the on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, download, and install updates may vary by vehicle.
The vehicle can be used normally during the software download. Once the download is complete, there may be a prompt to accept the installation of the update upon the next ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven during the installation. The system will deliver messages indicating success or error during and after the download and installation processes.
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software updates requires Internet connectivity, which can be accessed through the vehicle's built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and
active. If required, data plans are provided by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot can be used. Applicable data rates may apply.
To connect the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on the Home Page, select the System tab, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the on-screen prompts. Download speeds may vary.
On most compatible mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or similar.
Availability of Over-the-Air software updates varies by vehicle and country. Features are subject to change. For more information on this feature, see my.buick.com/learn.
Preferences
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable the download of new updates in the background.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
About
Touch to view the infotainment system software information.
Running Applications
Touch to see a complete list of applications that are currently running on the infotainment system.
Return to Factory Settings
Touch and the following may display: . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle
settings for the current user.
Touch Reset or Cancel. . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases
app data settings, user profiles, and personal data including navigation and mobile device data.
Touch Erase or Cancel. . Clear Default Applications: Resets
preferred applications that have been set to open when selecting a function. No application data will be lost.
Touch Clear or Cancel.
Apps
The menu may contain the following:
Air Quality
Touch and the following may display:
. Ionizer: This setting purifies the air in the interior of the vehicle..
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches the system into Recirculation Mode based on the quality of the outside air.
Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Sensitivity.
. Pollution Control: This setting turns on the Recirculation Mode at low vehicle speeds such as heavy traffic.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Status Area Indication: This setting determines if Air Quality Information is shown in the bottom right status area.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Index Color Code: This setting determines which Color Code is shown for the Air Quality Index.
Infotainment System 163
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to select.
Android Auto
This feature allows you to interact directly with your mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 158.
Touch Off or On.
Apple CarPlay
This feature allows you to interact directly with your mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 158.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
Apps
Touch and the following may display: . Update Apps Automatically: This allows
downloaded applications to be updated automatically.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. . About Apps: Touch to view the versions of the shop software.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
164 Infotainment System
Audio
Depending on the current audio source, different options will be available.
Touch and the following may display:
. Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See "Infotainment System Sound Menu" in AM-FM Radio 0 130.
. Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed.
Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High.
. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped): This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and the speed.
Touch Off or On.
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation favorites.
Favorites can be moved, renamed, or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and then drag up or down to rearrange the position.
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Auto setting will automatically adjust this number based on the number of favorites you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.
. RDS: This allows the Radio Data System (RDS) to be turned on or off.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception to be turned on or off.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows access to explicit content SiriusXM channels.
Touch Off or On.
. Manage Devices: Select to connect to a different phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone.
. Reset Music Index: This allows the music index to be reset if you are having difficulty accessing all of the media content on your device.
Touch Yes or No.
Climate
Touch and the following may display:
. Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the amount of airflow when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
. Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches the system into Recirculation Mode based on the quality of the outside air.
Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Sensitivity.
. Pollution Control: When set to on, this turns on the Recirculation Mode at low vehicle speeds such as heavy traffic.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Auto Cooled Seats: This setting automatically turns on and regulates the ventilated seats when the cabin temperature is warm.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Auto Heated Seats: This setting automatically turns on and regulates the heated seats when the cabin temperature is cool. The auto heated seats can be turned off by using the heated seat controls on the center stack.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Auto Defog: This setting automatically turns the front defogger on when the vehicle engine is started.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Auto Rear Defog: This setting automatically turns the rear window defogger on when the vehicle engine is started.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Ionizer: This setting purifies the air in the interior of the vehicle..
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
Navigation (if equipped)
Touch and the following may display:
. Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences . Fuel Grade Preferences
. Manage History . Predictive Navigation (if equipped) . About
See Using the Navigation System 0 138.
Phone
Touch and the following may display: . My Number: Displays the cell phone
number of the Bluetooth connected device. . Active Call View: Shows active call display when answering a call.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the instrument cluster.
Touch Off or On. . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or
last name. . Re-sync Phone Contacts:
This allows the device contacts to re-sync if you are having difficulty accessing all of the contacts on your cell phone. . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to delete all vehicle stored contacts.
Infotainment System 165
. OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables OnStar cell phone TTY mode.
Touch Disable or Enable.
SiriusXM
Touch and the following may display:
. Account Information: Displays the account information and subscription information.
. Listener Options: Based on the current vehicle profile selected. Touch and the following may display:
. SiriusXM Favorites: Favorites shown can be moved or deleted.
. Listener Settings: Selections include hide explicit language, channels and content, reset listening history, and start songs at the beginning when tuning to a music channel.
. System Settings: Enable or disable SiriusXM location services. Also shows radio ID.
. Contact SiriusXM: Displays radio ID and phone number to call SiriusXM Customer Care.
. SiriusXM Policies: Shows information on the Customer Agreement and Privacy Policy.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
166 Infotainment System
Vehicle
This menu allows adjustment of different vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Personal
If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of different user profile settings. See "Users" in Using the System 0 127 for information on setting up user profiles.
The menu may contain the following:
Name
Touch to edit your user name that will be displayed in the vehicle.
Vehicle Account Information
Touch to view the vehicle account information and to change the account password.
An "unverified user account" pop-up will display until the account information verification process has been completed on the Internet. Check your registered e-mail account for an activation e-mail to complete the verification process.
Profile Picture
Touch to choose or change your profile picture.
Profile Identifiers
Touch to have the vehicle recognize the identifier you choose.
Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2.
If the remote key is lost or stolen, see your dealer.
Security
Touch to have your profile secured with a PIN.
Touch No or Yes.
Vehicle Name
Touch to edit your vehicle name.
Vehicle Account
Touch to view the vehicle account information and to change the account password.
Delete Profile
Touch to remove the profile from the vehicle.
Touch Remove or Cancel.
Teen Driver
If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be registered for beginner drivers to encourage safe driving habits. When the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, it will automatically activate certain safety systems, allow setting of some features, and limit the use of others. The Report Card will record vehicle data about driving behavior that can be viewed later. When the vehicle is started with a registered key, the Driver Information Center (DIC) displays a message that Teen Driver is active.
To access:
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.
2. Create a Personal Identification Number (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change the PIN, touch Change PIN.
The PIN is required to:
. Register or unregister keys.
. Change Teen Driver settings.
. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN.
. Access or delete Report Card data.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Register keys to activate Teen Driver and assign restrictions to the key:
Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a maximum of eight keys. Label the key to tell it apart from the other keys.
For a pushbutton start system:
1. Start the engine.
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle must be in P (Park). For manual transmissions, the vehicle must be stopped with the parking brake set.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle and then Teen Driver.
4. Enter the PIN.
5. Place the remote key you wish to register in the transmitter pocket. The key does not need to be the one that started the vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7 for transmitter pocket location.
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Setup Keys.
. If the transmitter key has not previously been registered, the option to add the key displays. Touch Setup and a confirmation message displays.
Teen Driver restrictions will be applied whenever this key is used to operate the vehicle.
. If the transmitter key has already been registered, the option to remove the key displays. If Remove is touched, the transmitter key is no longer registered. A confirmation message displays, and Teen Driver restrictions will not be applied if this transmitter key is used to operate the vehicle.
In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key are both present at start up, the vehicle will recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not be active.
For a keyed ignition system:
1. Start the engine.
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle must be in P (Park). For manual transmissions, the vehicle must be stopped with the parking brake set.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle and then Teen Driver.
4. Enter the PIN.
Infotainment System 167
5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays instructions for registering or unregistering a key. A confirmation message displays.
Manage Settings
Buckle To Drive : When turned ON, Buckle to Drive prevents the driver from shifting out of P (Park) for a period of time if driver seat belt, and on some vehicles, the passenger seat belt, is not buckled. See Buckle To Drive 0 42 and Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the maximum allowable audio volume level.
Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a maximum radio volume to be set. Use the arrows to choose the maximum allowable level for the audio volume.
Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the maximum speed of the vehicle. When the speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC displays a message that the top speed is limited.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
168 Infotainment System
On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter is turned ON, the vehicle's maximum acceleration will be limited. The DIC will display a message that the acceleration is limited.
Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the warning speed.
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a warning in the DIC when exceeding a selectable speed. Choose the desired speed warning level. The speed warning does not limit the speed of the vehicle.
SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. When ON, the teen driver will not be able to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain explicit content, and the Explicit Content Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be unavailable for change.
When Teen Driver is Active:
. The radio will mute when the driver, or in some vehicles, the front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The audio from any device paired to the vehicle will also be muted.
. If an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on the front passenger seat, it could cause the radio to mute. If this happens, remove the object from the seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 53.
. Some safety systems, such as Forward Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be turned off.
. The gap setting for the Forward Collision Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, if equipped, cannot be changed.
. When trying to change a safety feature that is not configurable in Teen Driver, the DIC displays a message indicating that Teen Driver is active and the action is not available.
. Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available.
. Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) When the vehicle is low on fuel, the low fuel light on the instrument cluster flashes and the DIC low fuel warning cannot be dismissed.
. Do not tow a trailer.
Report Card
The vehicle owner must secure the driver's consent to record certain vehicle data when the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen
Driver key. There is one Report Card per vehicle. Data is only recorded when a registered Teen Driver key is used to operate the vehicle.
The Report Card data is collected from the time Teen Driver is activated or the last time the Report Card was reset. The following items may be recorded:
. Distance Driven the total distance driven.
. Maximum Speed the maximum vehicle speed detected.
. Overspeed Warnings the number of times the speed warning setting was exceeded.
. Wide Open Throttle the number of times the accelerator pedal was pressed nearly all the way down.
. Forward Collision Alerts the number of times the driver was notified when approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly and at potential risk for a crash.
. Forward Automatic Braking, also called Automatic Emergency Braking (if equipped) the number of times the vehicle detected that a forward collision was imminent and applied the brakes.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) the number of times the vehicle detected that a rearward collision was imminent and applied the brakes.
. Traction Control the number of times the Traction Control System activated to reduce wheel spin or loss of traction.
. Stability Control the number of events which required the use of electronic stability control.
. Antilock Braking System Active The number of Antilock Brake System activations.
. Tailgating Alerts the number of times the driver was alerted for following a vehicle ahead too closely.
Report Card Data
Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until the Report Card is reset or until the maximum count is exceeded. If the maximum count is exceeded for a Report Card line item, that item will no longer be updated in the Report Card until it is reset. Each item will report a maximum of 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report a maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi).
To delete Report Card data, do one of the following:
. From the Report Card display, touch Reset.
. Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from the Teen Driver menu. This will also unregister any Teen Driver keys and delete the PIN.
Forgotten PIN See your dealer to reset the PIN.
Trademarks and License Agreements
FCC Information See Radio Frequency Statement 0 336.
"Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device
Infotainment System 169
or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
If you decide to continue service after your trial, your selected subscription plan will automatically renew thereafter. You will be charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete terms and how to cancel, which includes calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees and programming are subject to change. Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one time activation fee, and other fees may apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All fees and programming subject to change. Subscriptions subject to Customer
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
170 Infotainment System
Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM service is only available in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of service may occur in extreme northern latitudes. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an "XL" preceding the channel name. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Satellite Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM:
. USA Customers -- See www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-6016296.
. Canada Customers -- See www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, manipulate, or otherwise make available any technology or software incorporated in receivers compatible with the SiriusXM Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this product is protected by intellectual property
rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc. General Requirements: 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is
required for any product that incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM Canada).
TouchSense Technology and TouchSense System 1000 Series Licensed from Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System 1000 protected under one or more of the
U.S. Patents at the following address www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html and other patents pending. Bose Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint surround are registered trademarks of Bose Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. HD Radio Technology
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. For patents see http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the HD, HD Radio, and "ARC" logos are registered trademarks or trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Java Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
Schedule I: Gracenote EULA
Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For more information see www.gracenote.com. Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned by Gracenote may apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote
website for a non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and/or other countries.
Gracenote Terms of Use
This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this application to do disc or file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers or embedded databases (collectively, "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions of this application or device.
This application or device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote.
Infotainment System 171
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
172 Infotainment System
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.
© 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
MPEG4AVC (H.264)
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD ("AVC VIDEO") AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD ("VC-1 VIDEO") AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
MPEG4Visual
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
MP3
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
WMV/WMA
This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and under a license from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft Licensing, GP as applicable.
Map End User License Agreement
END USER TERMS
The Map Data SD card ("Data") is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms (this "End User License Agreement") and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and HERE North America, LLC ("HERE") and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.
The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®.
HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
© United States Postal Service 2013. Prices are not established, controlled, or approved by the United States Postal Service. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Personal Use Only: You agree to use this Data for the solely personal, noncommercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, timesharing or other similar purposes. Except as otherwise set forth herein, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof.
Infotainment System 173
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with, or in communication with, including without limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning
This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used, and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty
This Data is provided to you "as is," and you agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations, or warranties of any kind,
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
174 Infotainment System
express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free.
Disclaimer of Warranty
THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS" AND HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
Disclaimer of Liability
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories, and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance
with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations. Entire Agreement: These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law
The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes, claims, and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
"commercial item" as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following "Notice of Use," and be treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE North America, LLC CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided.
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.
Unicode
Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ copyright.html.
Free Type Project
Portions of this software are copyright © 2010 The FreeType Project (http://www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
Open Source SW
Further information concerning the OSS licenses is shown in the infotainment display.
Infotainment System 175
QNX
Portions of this software are copyright © 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights reserved.
Part C EULA
Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.
The product you have purchased ("Product") contains Software (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer "Manufacturer") under license from Software Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Software in the Product and in compliance with the license terms below.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Software in the Product for the purpose intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, you may make one backup copy of the Software as part of the Product software. QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 rights not expressly granted herein, and retain all right, title and interest in and to all copies of the Software, including all intellectual property rights therein. Unless
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
176 Infotainment System
required by applicable law you may not reproduce, distribute or transfer, or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, modify or create derivative works of, the Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels or marks in or on the Software, and to ensure that all copies bear any notice contained on the original; and (2) not to export the Product or the Software in contravention of applicable export control laws.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE
OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
WMA
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.
For more information on the Software, including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or contact QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 (licensing@qnx.com).
Linotype
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html.
END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product.
Infotainment System 177
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
178 Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Dual Automatic Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Air Vents Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 184 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Climate Control Systems
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
1. Fan Control 2. Recirculation 3. A/C (Air Conditioning) 4. ON/OFF 5. Defrost 6. Rear Window Defogger 7. TEMP (Temperature Control) 8. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Manual Operation
ON/OFF : Press to turn the system off or on. When off is selected, the system will prevent outside air from entering the vehicle. Pressing most climate control buttons will turn the system on.
] : Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed.
TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, or [ to change the direction of the
airflow. The indicator light in the button will turn on. Any combination of the three buttons can be selected. The current mode appears in the display.
To change the current mode, select one or more of the following:
z : Clears the windows of fog or moisture.
Air is directed to the windshield.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel
outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets.
0 FRONT : Clears the windshield of fog or
frost more quickly. Air is directed to the windshield.
For best results, clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting.
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off. If the climate control system is turned off or the outside temperature falls below freezing, the air conditioner will not run.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle or prevent outside air and odors from entering. Climate Control Status Display
The climate control status display appears briefly when the center stack climate controls are adjusted. Rear Window Defogger
K : Press to turn the rear window defogger
on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on.
Climate Controls 179
The defogger can be turned off by turning the ignition to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.
If equipped with heated outside mirrors, they turn on when the rear window defogger button is on and help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 25.
Caution
Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. This may damage the rear window defogger grid and affect the radio's ability to pick up stations clearly. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Remote Start Climate Control Operation
If equipped with remote start, the climate control system may run when the vehicle is started remotely. If equipped with heated or ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, these features may come on during a remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12, Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39, and Heated Steering Wheel 0 82.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
180 Climate Controls Dual Automatic Climate Control System
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Climate Control Display
1. Recirculation 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 3. ON/OFF 4. CLIMATE 5. Defrost 6. Rear Window Defogger
7. A/C (Air Conditioning) 8. Driver and Passenger Heated and
Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) 9. Passenger Temperature Controls 10. Fan Control 11. Driver Temperature Controls 12. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature)
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Displays
2. Fan Control 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Controls 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) 5. Recirculation 6. Air Delivery Mode Control 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. On/Off (Power)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync settings can be controlled by touching CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or the CLIMATE button in the climate control display application tray. A selection can then be made on the front climate control page displayed. Climate Control Status Display
The climate control status display appears briefly when the climate controls are adjusted.
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls the fan speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and recirculation in order to heat or cool the vehicle to the desired temperature.
When AUTO is pressed, all four functions operate automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected setting is displayed. Functions not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled, even if the AUTO indicator is not lit.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature as needed for best comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the vehicle faster, recirculation may be automatically selected in warm weather.
The recirculation light will not come on
when automatically controlled. See @
under "Manual Operation" for more details.
During hands free calling the blower level may automatically reduce. The blower level can be manually adjusted if desired.
Climate Controls 181
Manual Operation
ON/OFF : Press to turn the system off or on. When off is selected, the system will prevent outside air from entering the vehicle. If any climate control buttons are pressed, the system will turn on and operate at the current setting.
Q^ or ^ R : Lift or press to increase or
decrease the fan speed. The fan speed setting appears on the main display. Lifting or pressing either button cancels automatic fan control and the fan is controlled manually. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.
Q / R : The temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and the passenger. Lift or press to increase or decrease the temperature.
SYNC : Press to link the passenger temperature settings to the driver setting. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When the passenger settings are adjusted, the SYNC indicator light turns off.
Air Delivery Mode Controls : In the climate
control display, press z, Y, or [ to
change the direction of the airflow. The indicator light in the button will turn on. Any combination of the three buttons can
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
182 Climate Controls
be selected. The current mode appears in the display. Pressing any of the three buttons cancels automatic air delivery control and the direction of the airflow is controlled manually. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.
To change the current mode, select one or more of the following:
z : Clears the windows of fog or moisture.
Air is directed to the windshield.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel
outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets.
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield
and the fan runs at a higher speed. Fog or frost is cleared from the windshield more quickly. When the button is pressed again, the system returns to the previous mode setting.
For best results, clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting.
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off. If the climate control system is turned off or the outside temperature falls below freezing, the air conditioner will not run.
Pressing this button cancels automatic air conditioning and turns off the air conditioner. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation and the air conditioner runs automatically as needed. When the indicator light is on, the air conditioner runs automatically to cool the air inside the vehicle or to dry the air needed to defog the windshield faster.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle or to reduce the entry of outside air and odors.
x or y : Lift x or y for the highest
heated seat setting. Lifting the heated seat button again will keep the heated seat at the highest setting. Press the heated seat button down to lower the heat level or turn the heated seat off.
Press x or y, if available, for the highest
ventilated seat setting. Pressing the ventilated seat button again will keep the ventilated seat at the highest setting. Lift the ventilated seat button to lower the vent level or turn the ventilated seat off. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39.
Auto Defog : The climate control system may have a sensor to automatically detect high humidity inside the vehicle. When high humidity is detected, the climate control system may adjust to outside air supply and turn on the air conditioner. The fan speed may slightly increase to help prevent fogging. If the climate control system does not detect possible window fogging, it returns to normal operation.
Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer, this feature helps to clean the air inside the vehicle and remove contaminants such as pollen, odors, and dust. If the climate control system is on and the ionizer is enabled, the ionizer status indicator will be lit on the climate control display.
Rear Window Defogger
K : Press to turn the rear window defogger
on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on.
The defogger can be turned off by turning the ignition to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.
The rear window defogger can be set to automatic operation. When auto rear defog is selected, the rear window defogger turns on automatically when the interior
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
temperature is cold and the outside temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F) and below. The auto rear defogger turns off automatically.
If equipped, the heated outside mirrors turn on when the rear window defogger button is on and help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 25.
Caution
Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. This may damage the rear window defogger grid and affect the radio's ability to pick up stations clearly. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Remote Start Climate Control Operation : If equipped with remote start, the climate control system may run when the vehicle is started remotely. If equipped with heated or ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, these features may come on during a remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12, Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 39, and Heated Steering Wheel 0 82.
Sensor The solar sensor, on top of the instrument panel near the windshield, monitors the solar heat. The climate control system uses the sensor information to adjust the temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode for best comfort. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the automatic climate control system may not work properly. Interior Air Quality
If equipped, the Interior Air Quality display indicates the concentration of PM2.5 (2.5 micron and smaller) pollution present in
Climate Controls 183
the interior air of the vehicle. The source of this pollution is the environment surrounding the vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin filter which cleans the air and reduces this pollution anytime the HVAC is on.
The displayed value is updated every few seconds by a sensor in the vehicle's interior. Higher numbers indicate a higher level of pollution in the air while lower numbers indicate cleaner air. A reading of zero indicates the pollution level is too low to be read by the sensor.
The interior air quality level is displayed in the application which can be opened from the home screen. The interior air quality level may also be continually displayed in the lower right corner of the screen. This can be turned on or off by selecting the Settings menu, then Applications, and then Air Quality.
The number scaling, colors, and categories are set according to regional standards. More information is available by touching the screen within the Interior Air Quality application. For more information on the pollution scale in your region visit: https://www.epa.gov/pm-pollution
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
184 Climate Controls
Air Vents
Move the slider knobs to change the direction of the airflow and to shut off the air flow.
Use the thumbwheel near the air vents to control the amount of airflow or to shut off the airflow.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that can block the flow of air into the vehicle.
. Clear snow off the hood to improve visibility and help decrease moisture drawn into the vehicle.
. Keep all outlets open whenever possible for best system performance.
. Keep the path under all seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside the vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. To find out what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 323. 1. Open the glove box.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
2. Squeeze both sides of the glove box bin inward to lower beyond the stops.
3. Release the latches on either side of the service door. Open the service door and remove the old filter.
4. Install the new air filter. Ensure air filter orientation is correct.
5. Close the service door completely. 6. Reverse the steps to reinstall the
glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See your dealer for service.
Climate Controls 185
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
186 Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Driving Information Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 187 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Starting and Operating New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 201
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 202 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Engine Exhaust Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 203
Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Brakes Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 207 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Ride Control Systems Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Cruise Control Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . . . . 214
Driver Assistance Systems Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 231 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fuel Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 243
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Trailer Towing General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Driving Information
Driver Behavior
Driving is an important responsibility. Driver behavior, the driving environment, and the vehicle's design all affect how well a vehicle performs.
Being aware of these factors can help in understanding how the vehicle handles and what can be done to avoid many types of crashes, including a rollover crash.
Most serious injuries and fatalities to unbelted occupants can be reduced or prevented by the use of seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. In addition, avoiding excessive speed, sudden or abrupt turns, and drunken or aggressive driving can help make trips safer and avoid the possibility of a crash.
Driving Environment
Be prepared for driving in inclement weather, at night, or during other times where visibility or traction may be limited,
Driving and Operating 187
such as on curves, slippery roads, or hilly terrain. Unfamiliar surroundings can also have hidden hazards.
Vehicle Design
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. This is because they have a higher ground clearance and a narrower track or shorter wheelbase than passenger cars, which makes them more capable for off-road driving. While these design characteristics provide the driver with a better view of the road, these vehicles do have a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles. A utility vehicle does not handle the same as a vehicle with a lower center of gravity, like a car, in similar situations.
Safe driver behavior and understanding of the environment can help avoid a rollover crash in any type of vehicle, including utility vehicles.
Driving for Better Fuel Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible:
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
188 Driving and Operating
. Set the climate controls to the desired temperature after the engine is started, or turn them off when not required.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. . Avoid idling the engine for long periods
of time.
. When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Combine several trips into a single trip. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled maintenance.
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have
enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on driving.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions.
. Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving.
. Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor.
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children.
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone.
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means "always expect the unexpected." The first step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 41. . Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and be ready. . Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you. . Focus on the task of driving.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired driving is a global tragedy.
{ Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol or drugs. You can have a serious -- or even fatal -- collision if you drive after drinking or taking drugs.
Do not drive while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
. Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.
Driving and Operating 189 Steering
Caution To avoid damage to the steering system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects at speeds greater than 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving over other objects such as lane dividers and speed bumps. Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Electric Power Steering The vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
190 Driving and Operating
If power steering assist is lost due to a system malfunction, the vehicle can be steered, but may require increased effort. See your dealer if there is a problem.
If the steering wheel is turned until it reaches the end of its travel and is held against that position for an extended period of time, power steering assist may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an extended period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed
through the curve. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve
before accelerating gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies . There are some situations when steering
around a problem may be more effective than braking. . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Braking Skid -- wheels are not rolling. . Steering or Cornering Skid -- too much
speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid -- too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions:
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs.
. Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues -- such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface -- and slow down when you have any doubt.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water.
{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.
Driving and Operating 191
There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include: . Allow extra following distance. . Pass with caution. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in
good shape. . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
filled. . Have good tires with proper tread depth.
See Tires 0 278. . Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
shape. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires,
cooling system, and transmission. . Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep or long hills.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
192 Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear.
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line.
. Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 207.
. Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice.
. Turn off cruise control.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. (Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
. Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See "Climate Control Systems."
For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust 0 203.
To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle, turn the traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not
Driving and Operating 193
get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle 0 304.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it may properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash.
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
194 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued)
Overloading can also reduce stopping performance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle. Tire and Loading Information Label
Example Label A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires 0 278 and Tire Pressure 0 284.
There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification/ Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See "Certification/Tire Label" later in this section.
"Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle."
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
This vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer.
Driving and Operating 195
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs).
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs).
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to your vehicle's Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
196 Driving and Operating
Certification/Tire Label
Label Example A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The label may show the size of the vehicle's original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. The label shows the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of the centerline.
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle.
{ Warning
Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
. Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
. Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle.
. When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
. Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to.
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Caution (Continued)
. Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 800 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for the first 300 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.
Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.
Ignition Positions
This vehicle has pushbutton starting. The remote key must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be on or in Service Mode and the brake pedal must be applied.
Driving and Operating 197
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 201.
When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The transmission will shift to P (Park) automatically.
Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
198 Driving and Operating
3. Come to a complete stop, shift to P (Park), and turn the ignition off. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to turn the ignition off.
4. Set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake 0 208.
{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows some electrical accessories to be used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in ACC/ ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/ ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing the button once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 198. The ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding ENGINE START/STOP for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Mode. Press the button again to turn the vehicle off.
Starting the Engine
Place the transmission in the proper gear, P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral).
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped.
Caution
If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 251.
To start the vehicle:
1. With the Keyless Access system, the remote key must be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedal applied. When the engine begins cranking, let go of the button. The idle speed will go down as the engine warms up. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it.
If the remote key is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the remote key battery is low, a Driver Information
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Center (DIC) message will display. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by pressing ENGINE START/STOP immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below -18 °C or 0 °F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it there, then press ENGINE START/STOP for up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine starts, let go of the button and the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate
the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.
Stop/Start System
The Stop/Start system will shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has components designed for the increased number of starts.
{ Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature causes the engine to shut off while the vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle may restart and move unexpectedly. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn the ignition off before exiting the vehicle.
Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle is at a complete stop, the engine may turn off. When stopped, the tachometer displays AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 92. When the brake pedal is released or the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will restart.
Driving and Operating 199
To maintain vehicle performance, other conditions may cause the engine to automatically restart before the brake pedal is released.
Auto Stops may not occur and/or auto restarts may occur because:
. The climate control settings require the engine to be running to cool or heat the vehicle interior.
. The vehicle battery needs to charge.
. The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected.
. Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop.
. The accelerator pedal is pressed.
. The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature.
. The outside temperature is not in the required operating range.
. The vehicle transmission is shifted out of D (Drive) to any gear other than P (Park).
. Certain driver modes have been selected. See Driver Mode Control 0 212.
. The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
. The driver door has been opened or the driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
. The hood has been opened.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
200 Driving and Operating
. The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time.
Auto Stop Disable Switch
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can
be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
Auto Stop/Start is enabled each time you start the vehicle.
When the h indicator is illuminated, the
system is enabled.
Engine Heater
The engine heater, if available, can help in cold weather conditions at or below -18 °C (0 °F) for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Plug in the engine heater at least four hours before starting the vehicle. An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above -18 °C (0 °F).
{ Warning
Do not plug in the engine block heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away from buildings or structures.
To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage at each use.
3. Remove the engine heater connector cover by gently prying with a flat blade tool.
4. Plug the heater cord into the connector in the front bumper.
5. Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt AC outlet that is protected by a ground fault detection function.
{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire.
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
. Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury.
. Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur.
. While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never close the hood on the heater cord.
. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord, reattach the cover to the plug, and securely fasten the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts.
Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord.
The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the ignition is turned from on to off, the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, or until the driver door is opened. These features will also work when the ignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
. Infotainment System
. Power Windows (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
. Auxiliary Power Outlet
. Audio System
. OnStar System
Driving and Operating 201
Shifting Into Park
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 243.
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake 0 208.
2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center stack.
3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the engine off.
If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a hill, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may apply automatically. The driver may not be able to release the EPB using the EPB switch. It should automatically release when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
202 Driving and Operating
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and shift the vehicle to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 201. If you are towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 243.
If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, the vehicle must be in P (Park) with the parking brake set.
Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an electronic transmission.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Ensure the engine is running.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Press or pull the desired shift switch on the center console. For N (Neutral) press and hold the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator illuminates red.
The P indicator will turn white and the gear indicator on the selected shift switch will turn red when the vehicle is no longer in P (Park).
If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a Driver Information Center (DIC) message will be displayed. Check that the ignition is on, the engine is running, and the brake pedal is applied when you are attempting to shift out of P (Park). If all of these are met but the vehicle will not shift out of P (Park), see your dealer for service.
Parking over Things That Burn
{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.
Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation.
See Shifting Into Park 0 201 and Engine Exhaust 0 203.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 20 minutes.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 60 minutes.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Engine Exhaust
{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes).
. The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.
. There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.
Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to leave the engine running while parked.
If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park 0 201 and Engine Exhaust 0 203.
Driving and Operating 203
Automatic Transmission
The shift switches are on the center console. The selected gear position will illuminate red on the shift switch, while all others will be displayed in white. If the shift is not immediate, as in very cold conditions, the indicator on the shift switch may flash until it is fully engaged. The transmission does not operate when the vehicle is off. If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission can be shifted into P (Park). If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while at a relatively high speed, the engine will turn off and the transmission will
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
204 Driving and Operating
automatically shift into N (Neutral). Once the vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected.
P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the vehicle to ensure the vehicle does not move.
{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the transmission is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If the engine has been left running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and place the transmission into P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 201 and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 243.
This vehicle is equipped with an electronically controlled transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) shift switches are
designed to prevent inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is applied.
When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The transmission will shift to P (Park) automatically.
The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift into P (Park).
To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting Into Park 0 201 and Shifting out of Park 0 202.
R : Use this gear to back up.
If the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the vehicle will shift into N (Neutral). Reduce the vehicle speed and try the shift again.
To shift into R (Reverse):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center console.
To shift out of R (Reverse):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be used to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 193.
N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.
{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed.
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Caution (Continued) warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle.
Caution The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park).
To shift into N (Neutral), press the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator is red.
To shift out of N (Neutral): 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. 2. Shift into the desired gear.
Car Wash Mode
This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) for use in automatic car washes. Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed, see Towing the Vehicle 0 304.
Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park) if left in Car Wash Mode.
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off Driver in Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle occupied: 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. 2. Apply the brake pedal. 3. Shift to N (Neutral). 4. Turn off the engine and release the
brake pedal. 5. The indicator should continue to show N.
If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 24. 6. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off Driver out of Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle unoccupied: 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. 2. Apply the brake pedal.
Driving and Operating 205
3. Open the door.
4. Shift to N (Neutral).
5. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
6. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 25.
7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
8. The vehicle may automatically shift to P (Park) upon re-entry.
Car Wash Mode (Engine On Driver in Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle occupied:
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Shift into N (Neutral).
4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
Car Wash Mode (Engine On Driver out of Vehicle
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
206 Driving and Operating
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Open the door.
4. Shift into N (Neutral), then release the brake pedal.
5. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, repeat Steps 24.
6. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
7. The vehicle may automatically shift into P (Park) upon re-entry.
Caution
A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too hot. Driving under this condition can damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.
D : This position is for normal driving. If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down.
If the vehicle is shifted into D (Drive) while the speed is too high, the transmission will get ready to engage D (Drive). Reduce the vehicle speed, then the transmission will engage D (Drive).
To shift into D (Drive):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center console.
To shift out of D (Drive):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding. See "Skidding" under Loss of Control 0 190.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.
Manual Mode
Tap Shift Caution
Driving with the engine at a high rpm without upshifting while using Tap Shift, could damage the vehicle. Always upshift when necessary while using Tap Shift.
Vehicles with Tap Shift have controls on the back of the steering wheel to manually shift the automatic transmission.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Permanent Tap Shift Mode
To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:
1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the M (Manual Mode) button.
2. Pull the steering wheel control toward you to shift. Pull the left control to downshift, and the right control to upshift.
To exit Permanent Tap Shift Mode, pull the D (Drive) switch on the center console.
Temporary Tap Manual Shift Mode
To enter Temporary Tap Shift Mode:
1. With the transmission in D (Drive) and not in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, the Tap Shift controls will activate a Temporary Tap Shift Mode, allowing the transmission to be manually shifted.
2. To deactivate, hold the right control briefly. Automatic shifts return after no manual shifts have been done for seven to 10 seconds.
While using Tap Shift, the vehicle will have firmer, quicker shifting. This can be used for sport driving or when climbing or descending hills, to stay in gear longer, or to downshift for more power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow shifting into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per minute (rpm). If shifting is prevented for any reason, the M or D will flash in the instrument cluster. The transmission will not automatically shift to the next higher gear if the engine rpm is too high. It will only automatically shift to the next lower gear if the engine rpm is much too low.
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive
Vehicles with this feature can operate in All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. When the AWD feature is active, the system transfers engine power, if required, to all four wheels. The system is fully automatic and adjusts to road conditions for improved traction and control. In FWD Mode engine power is transferred to the front wheels only, and the AWD feature is off.
The AWD feature is automatically activated when certain modes are selected using the Driver Mode Control switch. When an AWD mode change is requested the light will flash briefly while the system is engaging and the AWD light will be displayed when
Driving and Operating 207
the system is active. When a non-AWD Mode is selected, the light will flash briefly while the system disengages and a 2WD light will be displayed when the AWD system is off. See Driver Mode Control 0 212.
When a compact spare tire is installed on an AWD vehicle, the system will automatically detect the compact spare and reduce AWD performance to protect the system. To restore AWD operation and prevent excessive wear on the system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire 0 301.
Brakes
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard.
ABS performs a system check when the vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
208 Driving and Operating
Electric Parking Brake
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 97.
ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking.
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case of insufficient electrical power, the EPB cannot be applied or released. To prevent draining the battery, avoid unnecessary repeated cycles of the EPB.
The system has a red parking brake status light and an amber service parking brake warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Light 0 97 and Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 97. There are also parking brake-related Driver Information Center (DIC) messages.
Before leaving the vehicle, check the red parking brake status light to ensure that the parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Pull the EPB switch momentarily.
The red parking brake status light will flash and then stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the red parking brake status light flashes continuously, the EPB is only partially applied or there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release the EPB and try to apply it again. If the light does not come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if the red parking brake status light is flashing. See your dealer.
If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, pull the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light remains on. If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, see your dealer.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long as the switch is pulled. If the switch is pulled until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied.
The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB in some situations when the vehicle is not moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of the EPB system, or at the request of other safety functions that utilize the EPB.
If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear wheels to prevent vehicle movement.
EPB Release
To release the EPB:
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY.
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
3. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
The EPB is released when the red parking brake status light is off.
If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, release the EPB by pressing and holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light is off. If either light stays on after release is attempted, see your dealer.
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.
If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 243.
Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB is applied, to preserve parking brake lining life.
Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement during this time may occur. Continue to
Driving and Operating 209
apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
{ Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by this system. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 188.
When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the accelerator pedal is not applied within a few minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will apply. The brakes may also release under other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
210 Driving and Operating
HSA is available when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC). These systems help limit wheel spin and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. On an All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle in AWD or Sport Mode, the system will operate if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the system senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle's brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are steering.
If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. TCS and StabiliTrak/ ESC will automatically turn on when cruise control is set.
Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 193 and "Turning the Systems Off and On" later in this section.
The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. . Turn on and stay on when either system
is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message may display in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and d
comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly.
If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays
on, the vehicle may need more time to diagnose the problem. If the condition persists, see your dealer. Turning the Systems Off and On
Caution Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. The Traction Off light i displays in the instrument cluster and a DIC message may display.
To turn TCS on again, press and release g. The Traction Off light i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off and a DIC message may display.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is
pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,
press and hold g until the Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g come on
and stay on in the instrument cluster. A DIC message may display.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release g. The Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in the
instrument cluster turn off and a DIC message may display.
Adding accessories can affect vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 254.
Hill Descent Control (HDC)
HDC can be used when driving downhill. It sets and maintains vehicle speed while descending a very steep incline in a forward or reverse gear.
Driving and Operating 211
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle
speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph).
The HDC light displays on the instrument cluster when enabled. HDC can maintain vehicle speeds between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and 14 mph) on an incline greater than or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking HDC light indicates the system is actively applying the brakes to maintain vehicle speed.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
212 Driving and Operating
When HDC is activated, the initial HDC speed is set to the current driving speed. It can be increased or decreased by pressing +RES or SET on the steering wheel or by applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This adjusted speed becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph); however vehicle speed cannot be set or maintained in this range. It will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least
30 seconds. Press 5 again to re-enable HDC.
Driver Mode Control
Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver to adjust the overall driving experience to better suit preference by adjusting multiple subsystems. Driver Mode availability and affected vehicle subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim level, region, and optional features.
If the vehicle is in Tour Mode or AWD Mode, it will stay in that mode through future ignition cycles. If the vehicle is in any other mode, it will return to Tour Mode when the vehicle is restarted. When a mode is selected, an indicator will come on in the instrument cluster.
Driver Mode Control Switch
To activate each mode, press the MODE button on the center console.
Tour Mode : Use for normal city and highway driving to provide a smooth ride. This setting provides balance between comfort and handling. This is the standard/ default mode. There is no persistent indicator in the instrument cluster for this mode.
AWD Mode : AWD Mode provides drive torque to all four wheels. Select AWD Mode to improve traction and control on slippery road surfaces, such as gravel, sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice. When in AWD
Mode, the AWD Mode indicator light will be on. For more information on AWD Mode, see All-Wheel Drive 0 207.
Sport Mode : Use where road conditions or personal preference demand a more controlled response.
Sport Mode improves vehicle handling and acceleration on dry pavement. When active, Sport Mode modifies steering efforts, transmission shifting, AWD torque and suspension tuning, if equipped.
Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode should be used to improve driving at moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. This mode modifies pedal mapping, AWD, ABS, ESC, and TCS Performance.
Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice Mode improves vehicle acceleration on snow and ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice Mode will adjust acceleration to optimize traction on slippery surfaces. This can compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
This feature is not intended for use when the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 193.
Cruise Control
With cruise control the vehicle can maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).
{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.
With the Traction Control System (TCS), the system may begin to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control. If this happens, the cruise control will automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 231. When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, cruise control can be turned back on. If the brakes are applied, cruise control disengages.
5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off.
A white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster when cruise control is turned on.
Driving and Operating 213
RES+ : If there is a set speed in memory, press briefly to resume to that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed.
SET- : Press the control down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise control
without erasing the set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If the 5 button is on when not in use, SET
or RES+ could get pressed and go into cruise
when not desired. Keep the 5 button off
when cruise is not being used.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on.
2. Get to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET . The desired set speed briefly appears in the instrument cluster.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
214 Driving and Operating
The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster 0 89.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied or * is
pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already activated: . Press and hold RES+ up until the vehicle
accelerates to the desired speed, then release it. . To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ up briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already activated:
. Press and hold SET down until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in small increments, press SET down briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previously set cruise speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly pressing SET- will result in cruise set to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise control: . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
. To turn off cruise control, press 5.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from
memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced)
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it allows you to select the cruise control set speed and following gap. Read this entire section before using this system. If no vehicle is detected in your path, ACC works like regular cruise control. ACC uses camera and radar sensors. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 336.
The following gap is the following time (or distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly ahead in your path, moving in the same direction. If no vehicle is detected in your path, ACC works like regular cruise control.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can apply acceleration or limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. If ACC is controlling your vehicle speed when the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates, the ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, the ACC can be turned back on.
ACC will not engage if the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system is disabled.
ACC can reduce the need for you to frequently brake and accelerate, especially when used on expressways, freeways, and interstate highways. When used on other roads, you may need to take over the control of braking or acceleration more often.
{ Warning
ACC has limited braking ability and may not have time to slow the vehicle down enough to avoid a collision with another vehicle you are following. This can occur when vehicles suddenly slow or stop
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
ahead, or enter your lane. Also see "Alerting the Driver" in this section. Complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 188.
{ Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads or when the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of the vehicle clean.
. Visibility is low, such as in fog, rain, or snow conditions. ACC performance is limited under these conditions.
. On slippery roads where fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip.
Driving and Operating 215
] : Press to turn the system on or off. The
indicator turns white on the instrument cluster when ACC is turned on. RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To increase speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. SET : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET briefly. To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold SET .
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
216 Driving and Operating * : Press to disengage ACC without erasing
the set speed from memory.
3 : Press to select a following gap time (or
distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 89. Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control To switch between ACC and regular cruise
control, press and hold *. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message displays. See Vehicle Messages 0 108.
ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control Indicator
When ACC is activated, a green o indicator
will be lit on the instrument cluster and the following gap will be displayed. When the
regular cruise control is activated, a green
J indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster; the following gap will not display.
When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise control mode will be set to the last mode used before the vehicle was turned off.
{ Warning
Always check the cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster to determine which mode cruise control is in before using the feature. If ACC is not active, the vehicle will not automatically brake for other vehicles, which could cause an accident if the brakes are not applied manually. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
If cruise control is on when not in use, the cruise on/off control could get pressed and cruise control could become active when not desired. Keep the cruise control off when cruise is not being used.
Select the set speed desired for cruise. This is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in its path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph), although it can be resumed.
To set ACC:
1. Press ].
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET .
4. Remove foot from the accelerator.
After ACC is set, it may immediately apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected closer than the selected following gap.
ACC can also be set while the vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is applied.
The ACC indicator displays in the instrument cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), if equipped. When the ACC is active, the indicator turns green.
Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding traffic speeds, and weather conditions when selecting the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied, the ACC is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up briefly.
. If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), it returns to the previous set speed.
. If the vehicle is stopped with the brake pedal applied, press RES+ and release the brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is pressed.
A green ACC indicator and the set speed display on the instrument cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a vehicle ahead was present and moved. See "Approaching and Following a Vehicle" later in this section.
Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed under the following conditions:
. There is no vehicle ahead.
. The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap.
. The vehicle speed is not being limited because of a sharp turn.
Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:
. Use the accelerator to get to the higher speed. Briefly press and release SET and release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, ACC will not brake because it is overridden. While overridden, the ACC indicator will turn blue on the instrument cluster and heads up display, if equipped.
. Press and hold RES+ up until the desired set speed appears on the display, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ up briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes 1 km/h or (1 mph) faster.
. To increase vehicle speed in larger increments, hold RES+. While holding RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be increased while the vehicle is stopped.
. If stopped with the brake applied, press RES+ until the desired set speed is displayed.
Driving and Operating 217
. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and there is another vehicle directly ahead, pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.
. Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is pulling away and the brake is not applied will cause the ACC to resume.
When it is determined that there is no vehicle ahead inside the selected following gap, then the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:
. Use the brake to get to the desired lower speed. Press SET down and release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed.
. Press and hold SET down until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller increments, press SET- down briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h or (1 mph) slower.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
218 Driving and Operating
. To decrease the vehicle speed in larger increments, hold SET-. While holding SET-, the vehicle speed decreases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be decreased while the vehicle is stopped.
. If stopped with the brake applied, press or hold SET- until the desired set speed is displayed.
Selecting the Follow Distance
When a slower moving vehicle is detected ahead within the selected following gap, ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and attempt to maintain the follow distance gap selected.
Press 3 on the steering wheel to adjust
the following gap. Each press cycles the gap button through three settings: Far, Medium, or Near. When pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument cluster and HUD (if equipped). The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the following distance will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the
further back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. Changing the gap setting automatically changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 231. Alerting the Driver
If ACC is engaged, driver action may be required when ACC cannot apply sufficient braking because of approaching a vehicle too rapidly. When this condition occurs, the collision alert symbol will flash on the windshield. Either eight beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will
pulse five times. See "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109. See Defensive Driving 0 188. Approaching and Following a Vehicle
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the instrument cluster and HUD display (if equipped). The vehicle ahead indicator only displays when a vehicle is detected in your vehicle's path moving in the same direction. If this indicator is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake to vehicles ahead. ACC automatically slows the vehicle down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow the vehicle in front at the selected follow gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow the vehicle in front of you, but will not exceed the set speed. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lamps will come on. The
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
automatic braking may feel or sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal.
Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
If the set speed is high enough, and the left turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead in the selected following gap, ACC may assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle prior to the lane change.
{ Warning
When using ACC to pass a vehicle or perform a lane change, the following distance to the vehicle being passed may be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient acceleration or braking when passing a vehicle or performing a lane change. Always be ready to manually accelerate or brake to complete the pass or lane change.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
{ Warning
ACC may not detect and react to stopped or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For example, the system may not brake for a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle it has never detected moving. This can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may not stop and could cause a crash. Use caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes.
Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting the following objects: . Vehicles with cargo extending from the
back end. . Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as
vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car fitted, or horse carriages. . Objects that are close to the front of your vehicle.
ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage and the driver will need to manually apply the brakes to slow the vehicle if: . The sensors are blocked.
Driving and Operating 219
. The Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or been disabled.
. There is a fault in the system.
. The radar falsely reports blockage when driving in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles or roadside objects. A DIC message may display to indicate that ACC is temporarily unavailable.
The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC is no longer active.
In some cases, when ACC is temporarily unavailable, regular cruise control may be used. See "Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control" in this section. Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.
Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.
If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to check traffic before proceeding. In addition, the left and right sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, or three beeps will sound. See "Alert Type" and "Adaptive
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
220 Driving and Operating
Cruise Go Notifier" in "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
When the vehicle ahead drives away, press RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC automatically applies the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The Electric Parking Brake status light will turn on. See Electric Parking Brake 0 208. To release the EPB, press the accelerator pedal.
A DIC warning message may display indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting the vehicle.
{ Warning
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. The vehicle can move. When ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop, always be prepared to manually apply the brakes.
{ Warning
Leaving the vehicle without placing it in P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave the vehicle while it is being held at a stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in P (Park) and turn off the ignition before leaving the vehicle.
ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the instrument cluster and in the HUD, if equipped, to indicate that automatic braking will not occur. ACC will resume operation when the accelerator pedal is not being pressed.
{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically apply the brakes if your foot is resting on the accelerator pedal. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you.
Curves in the Road
{ Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead in your lane. You could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, especially when following a vehicle exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary.
{ Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle in another lane, or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp. ACC automatically slows
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
the vehicle down while navigating the curve and may increase speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the set speed.
ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ or braking that is considered unnecessary. It could respond to vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve. This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service.
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
Driving and Operating 221
Driving in Narrow Lanes
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside objects may be incorrectly detected when located along the roadway.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer
When following a vehicle and entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brakes.
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The brake may need to be manually applied.
Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle
The detection of objects in front of the vehicle may not be possible if:
. The vehicle or object ahead is not within your lane.
. The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, or is shifted to one side of the lane.
Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep hills. The driver will often need to take over acceleration and braking on steep hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages.
Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
. Press ].
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
222 Driving and Operating
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from
memory if ] is pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
System operation may be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.
Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications
Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would obstruct the front camera view.
Do not install objects on top of the vehicle that overhang and obstruct the front camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other items that can be transported on a roof rack system. See Roof Rack System 0 79.
Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog lamps, as this may limit the camera's ability to detect an object.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror and the radar sensors on the front of the vehicle can become
blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. These areas need to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly.
For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 305.
System operation may also be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.
Driver Assistance Systems
This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems.
{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 188.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Under many conditions, these systems will not:
. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system.
. Work at all driving speeds.
. Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash.
. Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions.
. Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
. Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate.
. Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired. (Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see "Comfort and Convenience" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To change this, see "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked.
. Front and rear bumpers and the area below the bumpers
. Front grille and headlamps
. Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem
Driving and Operating 223
. Front side and rear side panels . Outside of the windshield in front of the
rearview mirror
. Side camera lens on the bottom of the outside mirrors
. Rear side corner bumpers . Rear Vision Camera above the license
plate
Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist (FPA), Surround Vision, Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) and Backing Warning System, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and Automatic Parking Assist (APA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the RVC displays an image of the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press Home or Back on the
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
224 Driving and Operating
infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).
1. View Displayed by the Camera
1. View Displayed by the Camera 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display.
A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that RPA or RCTA has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object.
Surround Vision
If equipped, Surround Vision shows an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with the front or rear camera views on the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate.
The Surround Vision system can be accessed by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment display or when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, press any button on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).
{ Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind spots and will not display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside mirrors that are out of position may not display surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.
1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras' field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Camera Views
Touch the camera view buttons along the bottom of the infotainment display. Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an image of the area in front or behind the vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views. If equipped, the front view camera also displays when the Park Assist system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). Front/Rear Junction View : Displays a front or rear cross traffic view that shows objects directly to the left and right of the front or
Driving and Operating 225
back of the vehicle. Touch Junction View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views.
Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a front or rear overhead view of the vehicle. Touching the button will toggle between the two views.
Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays a view of the vehicle from either the front or the back of the vehicle. Touch Bowl View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not available when Bowl View is active.
Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a view that shows objects next to the front or rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not available when Side Forward/Rearward view is active.
Guidance Lines : Displays available guidelines.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
226 Driving and Operating
Top Down View : Displays an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with the rear camera view in the infotainment display. The rear camera view will be replaced by the front camera view after shifting from R (Reverse) to a forward gear or when the vehicle is moving forward slower than 12 km/h (8 mph). This view can only be enabled in Front/Rear Standard View by touching the Top Down View button when the CAMERA view is active.
Park Assist
The vehicle may be equipped with Rear Park Assist (RPA). Under certain conditions, the Park Assist system can assist the driver during backing and reverse parking maneuvers when the vehicle is driven at no more than 9 km/h (6 mph).
Sensors located in the bumpers measure the distance between the vehicle and objects using sonar technology. These sensors are designed to detect certain objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind your vehicle that are taller than 25 cm (10 in).
Different environmental conditions may affect whether and how far the Park Assist system can detect objects. Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in freezing
temperatures. Sensors that are not clean may not detect objects or may cause the system to alert when not required.
{ Warning
The Park Assist System is no substitute for careful and attentive driving. The Park Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 9 km/h (6 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing.
How the System Works
The vehicle may have a Park Assist amphitheatre-like display on the cluster with bars that represent the estimated location of a detected object and the vehicle's distance from the object. As a detected object becomes closer, more bars light up and change color from yellow to amber to red.
When an object is first detected in the rear, one beep will be heard from the rear, or the driver's seat will pulse two times, if equipped with Safety Alert Seat. When an object is very close, five beeps will sound from the rear, or the driver's seat will pulse five times.
Turning the System On and Off The Park Assist System can be turned on or off using the infotainment system. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109. Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer to prevent unwanted beeps and when a bike rack is attached to ensure proper operation. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly If a service message displays, check the following conditions:
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. The sensors may not be clean. Keep the vehicle's front and rear bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care 0 305.
. The Park Assist sensors may be covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold weather. The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted.
If a service message displays and the above conditions do not exist, take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.
If the Park Assist System does not activate due to a temporary condition, a system off message is shown on the display. This can occur under the following conditions:
. The driver has disabled the system.
. An object is currently blocking the rear sensors (for example, bike rack, tailgate, trailer hitch, etc.). Once the object is removed, Park Assist will return to normal operation.
. The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.
. Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck, are affecting system performance.
Backing Warning and Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) have the Backing Warning System and Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) system. When in R (Reverse), Backing Warning alerts of rear objects at vehicle speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph), and RAB may automatically brake hard at speeds between 132 km/h (0.520 mph).
The Backing Warning System will beep once from the rear when an object is first detected, or pulse twice on both sides of the Safety Alert Seat. When the system detects a potential crash, beeps will be heard from the rear, or five pulses will be felt on both sides of the Safety Alert Seat. There may also be a brief, sharp application of the brakes.
Driving and Operating 227
{ Warning
The Backing Warning System only operates at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. In some situations, such as at higher backing speeds, there may not be enough time for the short, sharp application of the vehicle brake system to occur. To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with the Backing Warning System, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before backing.
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), if the system detects the vehicle is backing too fast to avoid a crash with a detected object behind your vehicle in your path, it may automatically brake hard to a stop to help avoid or reduce the harm caused by a backing crash.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
228 Driving and Operating
{ Warning
RAB may not avoid many types of backing crashes. Do not wait for the automatic braking to apply. This system is not designed to replace driver braking and only works in R (Reverse) when an object is detected directly behind the vehicle. It may not brake or stop in time to avoid a crash. It will not brake for objects when the vehicle is moving at very low speeds. It does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with RAB, always check the area around the vehicle before and while backing.
Pressing the brake pedal after the vehicle comes to a stop will release RAB. If the brake pedal is not pressed soon after the stop, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may be set. When it is safe, press the accelerator pedal firmly at any time to override RAB.
{ Warning
There may be instances where unexpected or undesired automatic braking occurs. If this happens, either press the brake pedal or firmly press the accelerator pedal to release the brakes from the RAB system. Before releasing the brakes, check the RVC and check the area around the vehicle to make sure it is safe to proceed.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, RCTA displays a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the infotainment display to warn of traffic coming from the left or right. This system detects objects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of the vehicle. When an object is detected, either three beeps sound from the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur on the left or right side, depending on the direction of the detected vehicle.
Use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed.
Enhanced Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
If equipped, under certain conditions Enhanced Automatic Parking Assist (APA) can use sensors based on sonar technology along the vehicle's front, rear and sides to detect a parking spot and automatically park the vehicle. The vehicle will automatically maneuver into a detected spot moving at or near idle speed. It does this by automatically steering, braking, accelerating, and gear shifting. The driver must always be prepared to apply braking if necessary. A display and beeps help to guide the parking maneuvers.
{ Warning
APA may not always detect objects in the parking space, objects that are not rigid (e.g. shrubs and chain-link fences), objects below the bumper, objects high off the ground (e.g. flatbed trucks), hanging objects, objects below ground level such (e.g. large potholes), or moving objects (e.g. pedestrians, cyclists, vehicles). Always verify that the parking space is appropriate for parking a vehicle. APA may not respond to changes in the
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
parking space, such as movement of an adjacent vehicle, or a person or object entering the parking space. APA does not detect or avoid traffic that is behind or alongside of the vehicle. Always be prepared to stop the vehicle during the parking maneuver.
How to Activate Automatic Parking
To activate APA, press the soft-touch
button or hard switch O for the system to
begin searching for a parking space while driving forward at no greater than 30 km/h (18 mph). By default, APA searches for parallel parking spaces to the right of the vehicle up to the sensors' range of 1.5 m (5 ft). To search for a parking space to the left, turn on the left turn signal or, if available, change the side selection in the infotainment display. To switch the parking mode between parallel and perpendicular
press and hold O while searching for a
valid parking spot or, if available, change the parking mode in the infotainment display.
APA cannot park in all empty parking spots. The parking spot must:
. Be sufficiently large to fit the vehicle comfortably.
. Have an adjacent vehicle, wall, or pillar for the system to align to.
After completely passing an eligible parking spot, a beep sounds and a red stop symbol is displayed in the driver information center. Generally, APA selects the nearest empty parking spot behind the vehicle, but under some conditions may select a space that is further back. Slow down and bring the vehicle to a complete stop to begin. Follow the displayed instructions. When instructed to drive in reverse, shift to R (Reverse) while holding the brakes. The steering wheel will vibrate briefly as a reminder to remove hands from the steering wheel. Release the brakes slowly when the vibration stops to begin automatic parking. As the vehicle automatically steers, brakes,
Driving and Operating 229
accelerates, and shifts gears into the parking spot, check surroundings. Be prepared to stop to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, or objects. A progress arrow displays the status of the parking maneuver. Once automatic parking is finished and the vehicle has come to a full stop, FINAL POSITION - PRESS BRAKES message will be displayed. Press and hold the brakes, and APA will beep and display a PARKING COMPLETE message. Shift the vehicle to P (Park) and apply the parking brake.
How to Activate Automatic Parallel Spot Unparking Assist To activate parallel spot unparking assist, press the soft-touch button or hard switch
O after turning on the vehicle while
leaving it in P (Park) and the parking brake
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
230 Driving and Operating
is off. If the system is able to determine a path out of the parking spot, a screen will be displayed for unparking options. Similar to automatic parking, follow the displayed instructions and check surroundings as the vehicle unparks.
Once automatic unparking is finished and the vehicle has come to a full stop, FINAL POSITION - PRESS BRAKES message will be displayed. Press and hold the brakes, and APA will beep and display a TAKE CONTROL message. The vehicle is now positioned such that the path to exit the parking spot is free of obstructions. Shift into D (Drive) to start driving away.
How to Cancel Automatic Parking or Automatic Unparking
To cancel automatic parking or automatic
unparking at any time, press O or "X" on
the infotainment display and be prepared to resume control of the vehicle. APA holds the vehicle until the parking brake or brake is applied, or the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). To start driving away, press the brakes and shift into D (Drive).
Certain vehicle conditions and driver interferences may also cancel automatic parking:
. The driver manually steers the vehicle.
. The maximum allowed speed is exceeded. . There is a failure with the APA system.
. Electronic stability control or antilock brakes are activated.
. The parking brake is applied or vehicle is shifted into Park (P).
. Driver unbuckles seat belt and opens door.
System Limitations
Automatic Parking Assist has certain limitations. The system cannot:
. Maneuver the vehicle at speeds exceeding 5 km/h (3 mph).
. Detect whether a parking space is legal or restricted.
. Detect pavement markings or lines . Park the vehicle closely lined up with the
vehicle next to it, particularly if the spot is approached at an angle or if the parking space is angled.
. Park exactly centered in a very large spot. . Always detect short curbs. . Operate while towing any trailer. . Function the vehicle is raised or lowered
by air suspension (if equipped).
. Detect or automatically react to approaching traffic when exiting a parallel spot
When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
If the vehicle does not reverse into the expected parking space, the system could be maneuvering the vehicle into a previously detected space.
Rear Pedestrian Alert
Under certain conditions, this feature can provide alerts for a pedestrian within the system's range directly behind the vehicle. This feature only works in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving. During nighttime driving, feature performance is very limited.
Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator
When a pedestrian is detected within the system's range directly behind the vehicle, this symbol flashes amber on the infotainment display, along with two beeps from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses from both sides of the driver seat. When a pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, the symbol flashes red on the infotainment display, along with seven beeps from the rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both sides of the driver seat.
{ Warning
Rear Pedestrian Alert does not automatically brake the vehicle. It also does not provide an alert unless it detects a pedestrian, and it may not detect all pedestrians if:
. The pedestrian is not directly behind the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), or standing upright.
. The pedestrian is part of a group.
. The pedestrian is a child.
. Visibility is poor, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
. The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
. The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps are not cleaned or in proper working condition.
. The vehicle is not in R (Reverse).
To help avoid death or injury, always check for pedestrians around the vehicle before backing up. Be ready to take
(Continued)
Driving and Operating 231
Warning (Continued)
action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 188. Keep the RVC, taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in good repair.
Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or Alert. See "Rear Pedestrian Detection" in "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109. If equipped, alerts can be set to beeps or seat pulses. See "Alert Type" in "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Assistance Systems for Driving
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to avoid a crash or reduce crash damage.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
232 Driving and Operating
vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can detect vehicles to distances of approximately 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 214.
{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 188.
FCA can be disabled. See "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane.
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued) It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair. Collision Alert
With Head-Up Display
Without Head-Up Display
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the steering
wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to
Far, Medium, or Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The first button press shows the current setting on the DIC. Additional button presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.
Driving and Operating 233
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).
Following Distance Indicator
The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead in your path is indicated in following time in seconds on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103. The minimum following time is 0.5 seconds away.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue: . Clean the outside of the windshield in
front of the rearview mirror. . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. . Clean the headlamps.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
234 Driving and Operating
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending on the situation, the vehicle may automatically brake moderately or hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 231.
The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to approximately 60 m (197 ft).
{ Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its operating speed range and only responds to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or hilly roads.
. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.
. Detect a vehicle when weather limits visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects.
Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this happens, AEB may engage the Electric
Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the accelerator pedal.
{ Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, and other non-moving objects. To override AEB, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the brake pedal should continue to be applied as needed. IBA will automatically disengage only when the brake pedal is released.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
{ Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking in situations when it may not be necessary. You could block the flow of traffic. If this occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal and then apply the brakes as needed.
AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
{ Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.
A system unavailable message may display if: . The front of the vehicle or windshield is
not clean. . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with
object detection. . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
The AEB system does not need service.
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System
If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes with nearby pedestrians when driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an
amber indicator, ~, when a nearby
pedestrian is detected ahead. When approaching a detected pedestrian too quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system may also respond to pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) 0 234.
The FPB system can detect and alert to pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). During daytime driving, the system detects pedestrians up to a distance of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During nighttime driving, system performance is very limited.
Driving and Operating 235
{ Warning
FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children:
. When the pedestrian is not directly ahead, fully visible, or standing upright, or when part of a group.
. Due to poor visibility, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
. If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
. If the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition.
Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. For more information, see Defensive Driving 0 188. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor clean and in good repair.
FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake through vehicle personalization. See "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
236 Driving and Operating Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead
FPB alerts and automatic braking will not occur unless the FPB system detects a pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is detected in front of the vehicle, the pedestrian ahead indicator will display amber. Front Pedestrian Alert
With Head-Up Display
Without Head-Up Display
When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
Automatic Braking
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes have not been applied, FPB may automatically brake moderately or brake hard. This can help to avoid some very low speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between
8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic braking levels may be reduced under certain conditions, such as higher speeds.
If this happens, Automatic Braking may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. A firm press of the accelerator pedal will also release Automatic Braking and the EPB.
{ Warning
FPB may alert or automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could falsely alert or brake for objects similar in shape or size to pedestrians, including shadows. This is normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. To override Automatic Braking, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
Automatic Braking can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See "Front Pedestrian Detection" in "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 109.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
{ Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian Braking system while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.
Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror may correct the issue.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside side mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on.
{ Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles outside of the system detection zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under all driving conditions. Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Driving and Operating 237
LCA Detection Zones
1. SBZA Detection Zone 2. LCA Detection Zone The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also warned of vehicles rapidly approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind the vehicle.
How the System Works The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
238 Driving and Operating
blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the LCA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Left Side Mirror Display
Right Side Mirror Display
When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in the next lane over in that blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone. If the turn signal is activated in the same direction as a detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes.
LCA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. When you disable LCA, SBZA is also disabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 109. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not light up.
When the System Does Not Seem to
Work Properly
The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a straight highway road with traffic and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).
LCA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out to either side of the vehicle. Attached objects may also interfere with the detection of vehicles. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver to vehicles in the next lane over, especially in wet conditions or when driving on sharp curves. The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 305. If the DIC still displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see your dealer.
If the LCA displays do not light up when moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or are rapidly approaching this zone and the system is clean, the system may need service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. This system uses a camera to detect lane markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. LKA can be overridden by turning the steering wheel. This system is not intended to keep the vehicle centered in the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if it detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering.
{ Warning
The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. It may not keep the vehicle in the lane or give a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems may not:
. Provide an alert or enough steering assist to avoid a lane departure or crash.
. Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
or ice; if they are not in proper condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera.
. Detect road edges.
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
If LKA only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only assist or provide an LDW alert when approaching the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. Always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LKA in bad weather conditions or on roads with unclear lane markings, such as construction zones.
Driving and Operating 239
{ Warning
Using LKA while towing a trailer or on slippery roads could cause loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the system off.
How the System Works
LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to detect lane markings. It may provide brief steering assist if it detects an unintended lane departure. It may further provide an audible alert or the driver seat may pulse indicating that a lane marking has been crossed.
To turn LKA on and off, press A on the
center console. If equipped, the indicator light on the button comes on when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is disabled.
When on, A is white, if equipped,
indicating that the system is not ready
to assist. A is green if LKA is ready to
assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
detected lane marking. A is amber when
assisting. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
240 Driving and Operating
A amber if the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking. Additionally, there may be three beeps, or the driver seat may pulse three times, on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction.
Take Steering
The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active driver steering, an alert and chime may be provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA may become temporarily unavailable after repeated take steering alerts.
When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
The system performance may be affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead. . Sudden lighting changes, such as when
driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads. . Roads with poor lane markings, such as
two-lane roads.
If the LKA system is not functioning properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help.
A camera blocked message may display if the camera is blocked. Some driver assistance systems may have reduced performance or not work at all. An LKA or LDW unavailable message may display if the systems are temporarily unavailable. This message could be due to a blocked camera. The LKA system does not need service. Clean the outside of the windshield behind the rearview mirror.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue.
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries.
Recommended Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 87 -- (R+M)/2 -- or higher. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this may cause engine knock and will lower fuel economy. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty:
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (1650% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber parts.
. Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage the emissions control system and spark plugs.
. Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels 0 241.
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly recommended for use with your vehicle. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus-Gasoline to the vehicle's gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus -Gasoline will help keep your vehicle's engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally.
Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge 0 92.
Driving and Operating 241
{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others:
. Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island.
. Turn off the engine when refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended.
. Avoid using electronic devices while refueling.
. Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel.
. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body. (Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
242 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued)
. Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel.
To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door. The capless refueling system does not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.
{ Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 305. Push the fuel door closed until it latches.
{ Warning
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately.
Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Container If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container:
1. Locate the capless funnel adapter in the rear cargo area under the load floor tray.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into the capless fuel system.
{ Warning
Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel container without using the funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged.
3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
{ Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. To help avoid injury to you and others:
. Dispense fuel only into approved containers.
. Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in a pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground.
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
. Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel.
Trailer Towing
General Towing Information
Only use towing equipment that has been designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer or trailering dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer.
To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle 0 304. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 304.
When towing with the 2.0L L4 engine, only use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 89 or higher. Using gasoline with a lower octane rating while towing may damage the engine and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Recommended Fuel 0 240.
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
{ Warning
You can lose control when towing a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly.
(Continued)
Driving and Operating 243
Warning (Continued)
For example, if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as expected. You and others could be seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.
The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
244 Driving and Operating
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with and follow all state and local laws that apply to trailer towing. These requirements vary from state to state.
. State laws may require the use of extended side view mirrors. Even if not required, you should install extended side view mirrors if your visibility is limited or restricted while towing.
. Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent damage to the engine, axle, or other parts.
. It is recommended to perform the first oil change before heavy towing.
. During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts at full throttle.
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If the transmission downshifts too often, a lower gear may be selected using Manual Mode See Manual Mode 0 206.
If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned off when towing a trailer:
. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
. Super Cruise Control
. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
. Park Assist
. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned to alert or off when towing a trailer:
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), the LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed.
{ Warning
To prevent serious injury or death from carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a trailer:
. Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ hatch, or rear-most window open.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air. See "Climate Control Systems" in the Index.
For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 203.
Towing a trailer requires experience. The combination of the vehicle and trailer is longer and not as responsive as the vehicle itself. Get used to the handling and braking of the combination by driving on a level road surface before driving on public roads.
The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must be all be rated to carry the intended cargo. Inadequate trailer equipment can cause the combination to operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See Towing Equipment 0 249. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination moving and then manually apply the trailer brake controller to check that the trailer brakes work. During the trip, occasionally check that the cargo and trailer are secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are working.
Towing with a Stability Control System
When towing, the stability control system might be heard. The system reacts to vehicle movement caused by the trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as quickly and is much longer than the vehicle alone. It is necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid passing on hills if possible.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. To move the trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move that hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs when towing a trailer to prevent damage to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns could cause the trailer to contact the vehicle.
Make wider turns than normal when towing, so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, or other objects. Always signal turns well in advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.
Driving and Operating 245
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downhill grade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes may overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.
When towing at higher altitudes, engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle could show signs similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run, preferably on level ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating 0 265.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
246 Driving and Operating
Parking on Hills
{ Warning
To prevent serious injury or death, always park your vehicle and trailer on a level surface when possible.
When parking your vehicle and your trailer on a hill: 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift
into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill. 2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, gradually release the brake pedal to allow the chocks to absorb the load of the trailer. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and shift into P (Park). 5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
. Start the engine. . Shift into a gear. . Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
The vehicle needs service more often when used to tow trailers. See Maintenance Schedule 0 314. It is especially important to check the automatic transmission fluid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system before and during each trip.
Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating 0 265.
Trailer Towing
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
tow a trailer correctly, follow the directions in this section and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Trailer Weight
{ Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity for your vehicle.
Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, dimensions of the front of the trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is used to tow a trailer.
When towing a trailer, the combined weight of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and trailer contents must be below all of the maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, including: . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
See "Trailer Brakes" under Towing Equipment 0 249.
The only way to be sure the weight is not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual weights for each of these items.
{ Warning
You and others could be seriously injured or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. The vehicle may be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer.
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart following.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle's maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 193. When calculating the GVWR with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying.
Driving and Operating 247
Maximum Trailer Weight
The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, and all required trailering equipment. This value represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce the trailer weight to stay within the GCW, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.
Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
248 Driving and Operating
Vehicle
Maximum Trailer Weight
GCWR*
Maximum Tongue Weight
2.0L L4 Gas Engine (LSY) with Heavy Duty Cooling System
680 kg (1500 lb)
3 600 kg (7,936 lb)
159 kg (350 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while still maintaining the correct trailer load balance.
Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailer sway.
The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the curb weight of your vehicle, any passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight.
The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, such as boat trailers,
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
fall outside of this range. Always refer to the trailer owner's manual for the recommended trailer tongue weight for each trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for your vehicle, hitch and trailer.
The trailer load balance percentage is calculated as: weight (1) divided by weight (2) times 100.
After loading the trailer, separately weigh the trailer and then the trailer tongue to see if the weights are appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be possible to transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer.
Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.
If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch receiver, choose a carrier that positions the load as close to the vehicle as possible. Make sure the total weight, including the
carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle.
Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance.
Towing Equipment
Hitches
Always use the correct hitch equipment for your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the trailer and the hitch.
Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer combination. Many trailers can be towed using a weight-carrying hitch which has a coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers may require a weight-distributing hitch that uses spring bars to distribute the trailer tongue weight between your vehicle and trailer axles. See "Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight" under Trailer Towing 0 246 for weight limits with various hitch types.
Never attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches. Only use frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to the bumper.
Driving and Operating 249
Hitch Cover
To remove hitch cover, if equipped: 1. Remove the two fasteners on the
lower tabs. 2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to
about a 45 degree angle. 3. Pull the cover downward to disengage
the upper attachments. To reinstall the hitch cover: 1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the
vehicle and push the upper tabs into the slots in the bumper. 2. Push the bottom of the cover forward until the lower tabs line up with the lower slots.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
250 Driving and Operating
3. Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners forward.
4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower tabs.
Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
Tires
. Do not tow a trailer while using a compact spare tire on the vehicle.
. Tires must be properly inflated to support loads while towing a trailer. See Tires 0 278 for instructions on proper tire inflation.
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer, and attach the chains to the holes on the trailer hitch platform. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated
from the hitch. Always leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb) must be equipped with brake systems and with brakes for each axle. Trailer braking equipment conforming to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) requirement CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is recommended.
State or local regulations may require trailers to have their own braking system if the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds certain minimums that can vary from state to state. Read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and maintained properly. Never attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic brake system. If you do, both the vehicle anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may not function, which could result in a crash.
Trailer Wiring Harness
Basic Trailer Wiring
The trailer wiring harness is located at the rear of the vehicle and is tied to the vehicle's frame. The harness connector can be plugged into a trailer connector available through your dealer.
Trailer Lamps
Always check all trailer lamps are working at the beginning of each trip, and periodically on longer trips.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer turn signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. When towing a trailer, the arrows on the instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs are burned out.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, to help reduce excessive trailer sway. If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the trailer brakes.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
{ Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in serious injury or death, even if the vehicle is equipped with TSC.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If the trailer begins to sway, reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. Then pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible causes, including an improperly or overloaded trailer, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing Equipment 0 249 for trailer ratings and hitch setup recommendations.
Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff sidewalls to help prevent sway and to support heavy loads. These features can make it difficult to determine if the trailer tire pressures are low only based on a visual inspection.
Always check all trailer tire pressures before each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs.
Driving and Operating 251
Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer tire sidewall will show the week and year the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire manufacturers recommend replacing tires more than six years old.
Overloading is another leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer with more weight than the tires are designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed rating for the trailer tires before driving. This may be significantly lower than the vehicle tire speed rating. The speed rating may be on the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is not shown, the default trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical Equipment
{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 95.
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
252 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
A device connected to the DLC -- such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device -- may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle's systems.
Caution Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Vehicle Care
General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 254 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 254
Vehicle Checks Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 255 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 257 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 260 Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Headlamp Aiming Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Bulb Replacement Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Electrical System Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 273 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . 276
Wheels and Tires Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 282 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 286 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . 287 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 290 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 292 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 293
Vehicle Care 253
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 294 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Jump Starting Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 302
Towing the Vehicle Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Appearance Care Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
254 Vehicle Care
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people. Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
California Proposition 65 Warning
{ Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this one, as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many parts and systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 268 and Jump Starting - North America 0 302 and the back cover.
California Perchlorate Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.
Accessories and Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emissions systems, aerodynamics, durability, and electronic systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of factory settings will not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on your vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner's manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work.
If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 336.
This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57.
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the hood before performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 12.
Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 324.
Caution
Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
Vehicle Care 255
{ Warning
For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will start when the hood is opened. You or others could be injured.
{ Warning
Components under the hood can get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning unprotected skin, never touch these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Clear any snow from the hood before opening.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
256 Vehicle Care
To open the hood: 1. Pull the hood release lever with the
i symbol. It is on the lower left side
of the instrument panel.
3. After you have partially lifted the hood, the gas strut system will automatically lift the hood and hold it in the fully open position.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed.
2. Pull the hood down until the strut system is no longer holding up the hood.
3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.
{ Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front center of the hood. Push the secondary hood release lever to the right to release.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Engine Compartment Overview
Vehicle Care 257
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
258 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 261.
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 258.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 258.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 262.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 267.
6. Battery - North America 0 268.
7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 262.
8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 302.
9. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 266.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 273.
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting - North America 0 302.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but important steps will help protect your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See "Selecting the Right Engine Oil" in this section.
. Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See "Checking Engine Oil" and "When to Add Engine Oil" in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 260.
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See "What to Do with Used Oil" in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly, every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257 for the location.
{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the dipstick handle.
If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays, check the oil level.
Follow these guidelines: . To get an accurate reading, park the
vehicle on level ground. Check the engine oil level after the engine has been off for at least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades or too soon after engine shutoff can result in incorrect readings. Accuracy improves when checking a cold engine prior to starting. Remove the dipstick and check the level. . If unable to wait two hours, the engine must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick and the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
(1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See "Selecting the Right Engine Oil" later in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 326.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If the oil level is above the operating range (i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257 for the location of the engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322. Specification Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com.
Caution Failure to use the recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil.
Vehicle Care 259
When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See "Specification" earlier in this section.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
260 Vehicle Care
trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which include engine revolutions, engine temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it indicates that an oil change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system may indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset. Your dealer has trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level.
If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next engine oil change. To reset the system:
1. Using the DIC controls on the right side of the steering wheel, display remaining OIL LIFE on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103. When remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display.
2. Press the thumbwheel while the Oil Life display is active. When the confirmation message displays, select YES. The oil life will change to 100%.
Be careful not to reset the oil life display accidentally at any time other than after the oil is changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change.
The system is reset when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message is off.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the correct automatic transmission fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322.
See your dealer to have the fluid and filter changed at the intervals.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Engine Air Filter Life System
If equipped, this feature provides the engine air filter's remaining life and best timing for a change. The timing to change an engine air filter depends on driving and environmental conditions.
When to Change Engine Air Filter
When the Driver Information Center (DIC) displays a message to replace the engine air filter at the next oil change, follow this timing.
When the DIC displays a message to replace the engine air filter soon, replace the engine air filter at the earliest convenience.
The system must be reset after the engine air filter is changed.
If the DIC displays a message to check the engine air filter system, see your dealer.
How to Reset Engine Air Filter Life System
To reset:
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
3. Press V on the steering wheel to move
to the Reset/Disable display area. Select
Reset then press V for several seconds.
4. Press V to confirm the reset.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter . For intervals on changing and inspecting
the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule 0 314. . If equipped with Engine Air Filter Life System, see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 261. . If driving in dusty areas, follow the engine air filter inspecting and changing intervals, see Maintenance Schedule 0 314.
How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine
Vehicle Care 261
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or components with water or compressed air. To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter:
1. Remove the six screws on top of the engine air cleaner/filter housing.
2. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover housing away from the engine.
3. Pull out the filter.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
262 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle.
4. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter.
5. Reverse Steps 13 to reinstall the filter cover housing.
6. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 261.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires.
Caution If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ filter in place when driving.
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature.
1. Electric Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap
{ Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The engine cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant mixture. This coolant needs to be checked and changed at appropriate levels. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322.
The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 265.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
What to Use
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down to -37 °C
(-34 °F), outside temperature. . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C (265
°F), engine temperature. . Protects against rust and corrosion. . Will not damage aluminum parts. . Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Caution
Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage to the engine cooling system and the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or pouring into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level.
Vehicle Care 263
Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. If coolant is visible but the coolant level mark is not at or above the indicated mark, add a 50/ 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. Be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. See Engine Overheating 0 265. The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
264 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the Surge Tank
{ Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough.
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.
Caution Failure to follow the specific coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the surge tank, contact your dealer.
The coolant surge tank pressure cap can be removed when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise. If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it.
3. If topping off the level in the coolant surge tank, add the proper mixture until the level reaches the mark on the front of the tank and replace the cap. Operate the vehicle. Repeat steps 13, as necessary.
If filling the system (such as after servicing), follow the Automatic Coolant Service Fill Instructions.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured.
Automatic Coolant Service Fill Instructions
This feature assists in filling and removing air from the cooling system after service of components or when coolant is added after being too low.
To activate the fill and air removal process:
1. With a cold system, add coolant to the indicated mark on the surge tank.
2. Replace the cap on the surge tank.
3. Connect the vehicle to a battery charger.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
4. Turn the ignition on. See Ignition Positions 0 197.
5. Turn off the air conditioning.
6. Set the parking brake.
7. At the same time, press the accelerator and the brake for automatic transmission vehicles for two seconds, then release.
At the end of the cycle, check the coolant level in the surge tank and add coolant if it is low. Turn off the vehicle, allow the Electronic Control Module (ECM) to go to sleep, about 2 minutes, and repeat Steps 3-7.
Listen for pump activation and movement of the control valves while watching the level of the coolant in the surge tank. If the tank empties, turn the ignition off, carefully remove the surge tank cap, refill to the indicated mark, and repeat Steps 3-6. The fill and air removal process will run for approximately 10 minutes.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of the engine overheating.
There is an engine coolant temperature gauge and an engine coolant temperature warning light on the instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 93. The vehicle may also display a message on the Driver Information Center (DIC).
If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away.
If the decision is made to lift the hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface. Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running. If the engine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not continue to run the engine. Have the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a leak in the engine cooling system. This can cause a loss of all coolant and can damage the system and vehicle. Have any leaks fixed right away.
Vehicle Care 265
If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.
If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle: . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. . Stops after high-speed driving. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
266 Vehicle Care
2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed. Open the windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheated area or the engine coolant temperature warning light no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine for three minutes while parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is needed, be sure to read the manufacturer's instructions before use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid The appropriate message will appear in the Driver Information Center (DIC) when the fluid level is low.
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257 for reservoir location.
Caution . Do not use washer fluid that contains
any type of water repellent coating. This can cause the wiper blades to chatter or skip. . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system.
. When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full.
Brakes
Disc brake linings have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake linings are worn and new linings are needed. The sound can come and go or can be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake linings could result in costly brake repairs.
Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied, clearing up following several applications. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 326.
Brake pads should be replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance can change in many ways if the wrong brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257 for the location of the reservoir.
Vehicle Care 267
Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will not work well.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
268 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it can spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 96.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 314.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322.
{ Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid.
Caution If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted surface.
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number shown on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257 for battery location.
Stop/Start System
The vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System 0 199.
The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will result in reduced 12-volt battery life.
When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM battery setting on the charger. If available, use the AGM setting on the charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts. Follow the charger manufacturer's instructions.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 254 and the back cover.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Vehicle Storage
{ Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting - North America 0 302 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative (-) cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (-) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger.
All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
Under normal driving conditions, transfer case fluid does not require maintenance unless there is a fluid leak or unusual noise. If required, have the transfer case serviced by your dealer.
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is required.
Vehicle Care 269
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking.
Clean or replace the wiper blade assembly on a regular basis or when worn. For proper windshield wiper blade length and type, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 323.
Caution Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
To replace the wiper blade assembly: 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
270 Vehicle Care
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement To replace the wiper blade:
2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the wiper blade where the wiper arm attaches.
3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade down toward the windshield far enough to release it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
5. Reverse Steps 13 for wiper blade replacement.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.
2. While holding the wiper arm, press down at the end of the wiper blade assembly (1) where it attaches to the wiper arm (2) to remove the wiper bade assembly from the wiper arm.
3. Align the new wiper blade assembly (1) with the wiper arm (2) and install by pushing up on the wiper blade assembly until it clicks into place on the wiper arm.
Windshield Replacement
HUD System
If equipped, the windshield is part of the HUD system. If the windshield must be replaced, get one that is designed for HUD or the HUD image may look out of focus.
Driver Assistance Systems
If the windshield needs to be replaced and the vehicle is equipped with a front camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, GM replacement windshield is recommended. The replacement windshield must be installed according to GM
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper windshield replacement.
Acoustic Windshield
The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic windshield. If the windshield needs to be replaced, be sure to get an acoustic windshield so you will continue to have the benefits an acoustic windshield can provide.
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
(Continued)
Warning (Continued) enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.
Caution Do not apply tape or hang any objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle. See the Maintenance Schedule Booklet.
Hood
Vehicle Care 271
Trunk Liftgate
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
272 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.
Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer.
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an electrical system overload.
When the electrical load current is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load returns to normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems.
{ Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Do not exceed the specified amperage rating when replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.
{ Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM's original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 254 and General Information 0 254.
To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible.
Vehicle Care 273
To identify and check fuses, circuit breakers, and relays, see Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 273 and Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 276.
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the clips on the cover and lift it straight up. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 257.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
274 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses
Usage
F02 Trailer stop/turn right
F03 Electronic brake control module
F05 Rear defog
F06
F07 Trailer stop/turn left
Fuses
Usage
F08 Overhead console module/ Universal garage door opener/ Rain sensor
F09 Suspension control semi active dampen system module
F10 Adaptive forward lighting/rear drive control module
F11 Direct current to direct current converter 1
Fuses
Usage
F12 Power tailgate
F13
F14 Canister vent solenoid
F15
F16 Front wiper
F17 Passenger power seat
F18 Motor window lifter left
F19 Motor window lifter right
F21 Exterior lighting module 1
F22 Exterior lighting module 3
F23 Exterior lighting module 6
F24
F26 Transmission control module direct current converter
F27 Remote function actuator
F28
F29 Exterior lighting module 4
F30 Memory seat module driver
F32 Headlamp right
F33 Front heated seat
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Fuses
Usage
F34 Rear heated seat
F35 Door panel/Seat position driver and passenger switch
F36 Fuel tank zone module
F39 Handsfree closure module
F40 Headlamp left
F41
F44 Rear wiper
F48 Blower motor
F49
F50
F51
F52
F54
F55
F56 Starter motor
F57 Driver power seat/Memory seat module
F58 Rear drive control module
F59
Fuses
Usage
F60
F61
F62
F63
F65 Air conditioning control
F67
F68
F69
F70
F72 Starter pinion
F74
F75 Engine control module main
F76 Engine control module 2
F78 Horn
F79 Washer pump
F81
F82 Engine control module battery
F83 Engine control module/ Ignition coil
F84 Off engine 1/off engine 2
Vehicle Care 275
Fuses
Usage
F86
F87 Sunroof
F88 Aero shutter
F89
F93 Trailer park lamp
F95
F96
F99
Relays K04 K25 K37 K64 K66 K71 K73 K80 K90 K98
Usage Rear defog Front wiper control Front wiper speed Starter motor Powertrain Air conditioning control Starter pinion
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
276 Vehicle Care Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The instrument panel fuse block is on the driver side of the instrument panel, between the steering wheel and the door. To access the fuses, remove the panel, starting at the top. Once clips are disengaged, the tabs along the bottom of the door can be disengaged from the instrument panel to remove the door.
To reinstall the door, place the bottom tabs into the slots, and rotate the door into position, engaging the clips. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses Amps
Usage
F1
40A Direct current to
direct current
converter 2
F2
30A Body control
module 4
F3
F4
F5
25A Body control
module 2
Fuses Amps
Usage
F6
20A Body control
module 3
F7
F8
20A Exterior lighting
module 5
F9
F10
5A Steering
column lock
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Fuses Amps
Usage
F11
10A Body control
module 1
F12
F13
F14
F15
15A Auxiliary power
outlet rear cargo
F16
F17
20A Exterior lighting
module 7
F18
10A Uplevel tail lamp
F19
10A Steering column
lock assembly
F20
10A Sensing diagnostic
module/Automatic
occupant sensing/
Data link
connection/
Wireless charger
F21
5A Central gateway
module/Telematics
control platform
module
Fuses Amps
Usage
F22
10A External object
calculating
module/Long
range radar/Park
assist/front
camera module/
Side blind zone
alert
F23
10A Video processing
module
F24
F25
10A AC power outlet/
Auxiliary USB
F26
F27
30A Amplifier
F28
60A Jumper
F29
10A Instrument
cluster/Heads up
display/Air quality
ionizer module/
Center stack
display/Heating
ventilation air
conditioning
display
Vehicle Care 277
Fuses Amps
Usage
F30
F31
F32
10A Run crank for misc.
3 humidity sensor/
Exterior lighting
module/Electronic
brake control
module/Air quality
sensor exterior/
Headlamp manual
leveling left Right/
Inside rear view
mirror/Interior
particulate matter
sensor/Seat fan
control cushion
and back driver
co-driver
F33
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
278 Vehicle Care
Fuses Amps
Usage
F34
10A Run crank for misc.
1 & 2 shifter
interface board
module/
Instrument panel
cluster/
Transmission
control module/
Sensing &
diagnostic
module/Headlamp
manual leveling
switch/Reflective
light auxiliary
display
F35
15A Run crank for
engine control
module
F36
10A Electric park brake
switch/ Shifter
interface board
F37
15A Radio/Center stack
module/
Auxiliary jack
F38
Fuses Amps
Usage
F39
2A Steering wheel
clock spring
F40
20A Exterior lighting
module 2
F41
7.5A Heated steering
wheel module
F42
20A Direct current to
alternate current
inverter module
CB1
CB2
15A Auxiliary power
outlet console
Relays K01
K02 K03 K04 K05
Usage Retained accessory power accessory Run/crank
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer.
{ Warning
. Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.
. Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
. Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious injury. Check all tires frequently to (Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Warning (Continued)
maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold.
. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact -- such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
. Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly worn, replace them.
. Replace any tires that have been damaged by impacts with potholes, curbs, etc.
. Improperly repaired tires can cause a crash. Only your dealer or an authorized tire service center should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Do not spin the tires in excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode.
See Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation 0 285 for inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed driving.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with all-season tires. These tires are designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original equipment all-season tires can be identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will be "MS."
Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not
Vehicle Care 279
offer the same level of traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 279.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 291.
With winter tires, there may be decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and speed rating as the original equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
280 Vehicle Care
tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall. The examples show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire's width,
height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. See the "Tire Size" illustration in this section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.
(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: tread wear, traction, and temperature resistance. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 293.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only : The compact spare tire or temporary use tire should not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 301 and If a Tire Goes Flat 0 295.
(3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Tire Pressure 0 284.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of letters and numbers define a tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. The letter "T" as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only.
Vehicle Care 281 (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire size.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter "P" as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
282 Vehicle Care
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index represents the load carrying capacity a tire is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch) before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 284.
Curb Weight : The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Occupant Distribution : Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Vehicle Care 283
Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 284 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
Traction : The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
284 Vehicle Care
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 290.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards) : A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature, and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 293.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Load on an individual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard : A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See "Tire and Loading Information Label" under Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively.
{ Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, can result in:
. Tire overloading and overheating, which could lead to a blowout.
. Premature or irregular wear.
. Poor handling.
. Reduced fuel economy. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in:
. Unusual wear.
. Poor handling.
. Rough ride.
. Needless damage from road hazards.
The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicates the original equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Do not forget the compact spare, if the vehicle has one. The compact spare cold tire pressure should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire 0 301.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be determined by looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment
is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the valve stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation
{ Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, puts additional strain on tires. Sustained high-speed driving causes excessive heat buildup and can cause sudden tire failure. This could
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 285
Warning (Continued)
cause a crash, and you or others could be killed. Some high-speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed operation. When speed limits and road conditions allow the vehicle to be driven at high speeds, make sure the tires are rated for high-speed operation, are in excellent condition, and are set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load.
Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table require inflation pressure adjustment when driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire inflation pressure to the corresponding value in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
286 Vehicle Care
Tire Size 245/45R20 (99H)
High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi) 260 kPa (38 psi)
Return the tires to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure when high-speed driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193 and Tire Pressure 0 284.
Tire Pressure Monitor System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 287. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 336.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and
inflate the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
A message to check the pressure in a specific tire displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays, see Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.
The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of the original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193, for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure 0 284.
Vehicle Care 287
The TPMS can warn about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection 0 289, Tire Rotation 0 289 and Tires 0 278.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use only the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer or included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. The malfunction light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected. Some of the conditions that can cause these to come on are:
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
288 Vehicle Care
. One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section.
. The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after successfully completing the sensor matching process. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section.
. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See your dealer for service.
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying New Tires 0 291.
. Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message come on and stay on.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and audible alerts outside the vehicle to help when inflating an underinflated tire to the recommended cold tire pressure.
When the low tire pressure warning light comes on:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. The turn signal lamp will flash.
When the recommended pressure is reached, the horn sounds once and the turn signal lamp will stop flashing and briefly turn solid.
Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires that have illuminated the low tire pressure warning light.
{ Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured. Do not exceed the maximum pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 280 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
If the tire is overinflated by more than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple times and the turn signal lamp will continue to flash for several seconds after filling stops. To release and correct the pressure, while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, briefly press the center of the valve stem. When the recommended pressure is reached, the horn sounds once.
If the turn signal lamp does not flash within 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has not been activated or is not working.
If the hazard warning flashers are on, the tire fill alert visual feedback will not work properly.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert properly under the following conditions:
. There is interference from an external device or transmitter.
. The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
. There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn signal lamps.
. The identification code of the TPMS sensor is not registered to the system.
. The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. If the tire fill alert feature is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.
TPMS Sensor Matching Process -- Auto Learn Function
Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel position after rotating the tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a tire is installed, the vehicle must be
stationary for about 20 minutes before the system recalculates. The following relearn process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). A dash (-) or pressure value will display in the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103. A warning message displays in the DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn process.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
. The indicators at three or more places around the tire can be seen.
. There is cord or fabric showing through the tire's rubber.
. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric.
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
Vehicle Care 289
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 314.
Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important.
Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the rotation, check the wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 290 and Wheel Replacement 0 294.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
290 Vehicle Care
Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires. Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation. Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires have been rotated. See Tire Pressure 0 284 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 193. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 287.
Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See "Wheel Nut Torque" under Capacities and Specifications 0 326, and "Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire" under Tire Changing 0 296.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the inner diameter of the wheel hub opening with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust buildup.
{ Warning
Do not apply grease to the wheel mounting surface, wheel conical seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or come off, resulting in a crash.
When It Is Time for New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection 0 289 and Tire Rotation 0 289 for additional information.
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to slow aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber.
Parking for an extended period can cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. The original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When replacement tires are needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating.
Vehicle Care 291
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM's TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 280 for additional information.
GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, all four tires should wear out at about the same time. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 289.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
292 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Tires could explode during improper service. Attempting to mount or dismount a tire could cause injury or death. Only your dealer or authorized tire service center should mount or dismount the tires.
{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes (other than those originally installed on the vehicle), brands, tread patterns, or types may cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter tires' maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires.
The Tire and Loading Information label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
Different Size Tires and Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be affected.
{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 291 and Accessories and Modifications 0 254.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Vehicle Care 293
Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
294 Vehicle Care
corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations
such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts.
{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, and cause loss of control, causing a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.
Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been driven may be unknown. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. When replacing wheels, use a new GM original equipment wheel.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Tire Chains
{ Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash.
Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle's tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that manufacturer's instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust or remove the traction device if it contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If traction devices are used, install them on the front tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires 0 278. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out
slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.
{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 295
Warning (Continued)
underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 121.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
296 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 2. Flat Tire
The following information explains how to repair or change a tire.
1. Wrench 2. Jack 3. Strap 4. Tow Hook (If Equipped)
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 16.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
2. Lift and fold the rear part of the load floor to the front, pull it rearward to disengage the clips, then pull upward to remove it.
3. Turn the retainer nut counterclockwise to remove the spare tire. Place the spare tire next to the tire being changed.
4. The jack and tools are stored below the spare tire. Remove them from their container and place them near the tire being changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire
Take off the wheel cover or center cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach the wheel bolts.
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 295 for more information.
2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen and remove the wheel nut caps. Do not try to remove plastic caps from the cover or center cap.
3. Pull the cover or center cap away from the wheel. Store the wheel cover in the cargo area until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.
4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not remove them yet.
5. Place the jack near the flat tire. 6. Put the compact spare tire near you.
Vehicle Care 297
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
298 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.
7. Attach the wrench to the jack by fitting the hex end of the wrench over the hex head of the jack.
8. Place the jack under the vehicle.
Caution Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty.
Rear Shown, Front Similar
bottom edge of the body side sheet metal. The notches in the jack must align with the notch in the rocker pinch weld. The jack must not be used in any other position.
10. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the road tire to clear the ground.
9. Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire. The location is indicated by a notch in the vertical
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
11. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
12. Remove the flat tire.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
13. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel.
14. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.
{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash.
15. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub.
Vehicle Care 299
16. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 326 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications 0 326 for the wheel nut torque specification.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
300 Vehicle Care
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence, as shown.
18. Lower the jack all the way and remove the jack from under the vehicle.
19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the wheel wrench.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or center cap on the full-size tire, tighten all five plastic caps hand snug, then tighten them with the wheel wrench an additional one-quarter turn.
Caution Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.
To store the flat tire: 1. Return the jack and tools to their original
storage location. 2. Replace the spare tire cover.
3. Place the folded load floor in the rear storage compartment and seat the clips (1) into the metal brackets (2) on both sides. Push the load floor forward slightly, then unfold it and lower it into place.
4. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in the rear storage compartment.
5. Place the loop end of the strap through the liftgate striker.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
6. Route the strap through the wheel, as shown.
7. Attach the hook to the loop end of the strap.
8. Tighten the strap.
9. Close the liftgate and make sure it is fully latched.
The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as possible.
Compact Spare Tire
{ Warning
Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Use only one compact spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is designed for temporary use only. The vehicle will perform differently with the spare tire installed and it is recommended that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area.
Vehicle Care 301
When using a compact spare tire, the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control systems may engage until the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, especially on slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce possible wheel slip.
Caution
When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together.
Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. Using them can damage the vehicle and the chains. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
302 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North America
For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery - North America 0 268.
If the battery has run down, try to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 254 and the back cover.
{ Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or
ignite.
. They contain enough electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.
Caution Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle.
1. Discharged Battery Positive (+) Terminal
2. Discharged Battery Negative () Terminal
3. Good Battery Negative () Terminal 4. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal and the discharged battery negative () terminal are on the driver side of the vehicle.
The good battery negative () terminal and good battery positive (+) terminal are on the battery of the vehicle providing the jump start.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal is under a cover. Remove the cover to expose the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system.
Caution
If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the transmission in P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 201.
Caution
If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights and accessories in both vehicles, except the hazard warning flashers if needed.
{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately.
Vehicle Care 303
{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) cable to the discharged battery positive (+) terminal.
6. Connect the other end of the red positive (+) cable to the good battery positive (+) terminal.
7. Connect one end of the black negative () cable to the good battery negative () terminal.
8. Connect the other end of the black negative () cable to the discharge battery negative () terminal on the driver side shock tower.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
304 Vehicle Care
Caution If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes.
Towing the Vehicle
Caution Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. Use the proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling type lift to tow the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle.
Caution
Improper use of the tow eye can damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a flat road surface, or to move the vehicle a short distance. Use caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the vehicle.
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to help reduce approach angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed.
The vehicle is equipped with specific attachment points to be used by the towing provider. These holes may be used to pull the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the flatbed tow truck.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Caution
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the vehicle may cause damage because of reduced ground clearance. Always put the vehicle on a flatbed truck or trailer.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
The vehicle was neither designed nor intended to be towed with any of its wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, see Towing the Vehicle 0 304.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer. Follow all
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product.
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals.
If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting.
Vehicle Care 305
Cleaning Underhood Components
Caution
Do not power wash any component
under the hood that has this e
symbol.
This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm underhood components. The usages of these chemicals should be avoided.
Recommend water only.
A pressure washer may be used, but care must be utilized. The following criteria must be followed: . Water pressure must be kept below
14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI). . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
(180 °F). . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
spray pattern or wider must be used. . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
away from all surfaces.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
306 Vehicle Care
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the bright metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the vehicle are aluminum or stainless steel. To prevent damage always follow these cleaning instructions: . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
before applying any cleaning solution. . Use a cleaning solution approved for
aluminum or stainless steel. Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain alkaline substances and can damage the moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner according to the manufacturer's instructions.
. Do not use chrome cleaners.
. Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing the Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry.
Do not use any of the following on lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated.
Caution Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield, when washing the vehicle.
Shutter System
The vehicle may have a shutter system designed to help improve fuel economy. Keep the shutter system clear of debris, snow and ice. If the check engine light is activated, please check to see if the shutter system is clear of debris, snow or ice. Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
Vehicle Care 307
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a
(Continued)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
308 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied.
Caution Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used on roads for conditions such as dust and ice. Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure.
Caution To avoid surface damage on wheels and wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
or brushes. Use only GM approved cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash that uses silicon carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect all other brake parts.
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinge, unless the components are plastic. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to thoroughly clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect.
Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. See "Finish Care" previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately remove any soils. Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle's interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Using a mild soap and water solution, immediately remove hand lotions,
sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result.
For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. A concentrated soap solution will create streaks and attract dirt.
Use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned to prevent permanent damage. Apply all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any switches or controls. Remove cleaners quickly.
Before using cleaners, read and follow all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation.
Caution
To prevent damage:
. Never use a razor or any other sharp object to remove soil from any interior surface
. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
. Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much pressure. (Continued)
Vehicle Care 309
Caution (Continued)
. Do not get any exposed electrical components wet.
. Do not use laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap.
. Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents.
. Do not use disinfecting wipes that are scented or contain bleach. Do not use wipes or cleaners that show a color transfer to the wipe or change the appearance of the interior surface when used.
. Do not use scented or gel-type hand sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in contact with interior surfaces of the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap and water solution.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
310 Vehicle Care
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water.
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently to prevent forcing the soil in to the fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water.
If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Caution
Do not attach a device with a suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water and mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely.
Vehicle Care 311
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Floor Mats
{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
312 Vehicle Care
Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor mats were designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over.
. Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on top of another.
Removing and Replacing the Floor Mat
The driver side floor mat is held in place by two retainers. 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to
unlock each retainer and remove. 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snap into position. 3. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.
Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)
{ Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.
Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Service and Maintenance
General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Special Application Services Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Additional Maintenance and Care Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . 319
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 322 Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 323
Maintenance Records Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
General Information
Your vehicle is an important investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this schedule to help protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may also help to maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform required maintenance using genuine replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs.
Your dealer recognizes the importance of providing competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place for routine maintenance such as oil changes and tire rotations and additional maintenance items like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
Service and Maintenance 313
Caution
Damage caused by improper maintenance can lead to costly repairs and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance intervals, checks, inspections, recommended fluids, and lubricants are important to keep the vehicle in good working condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that are not approved by GM performed on the vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, or lubricants that are not approved by GM could damage the vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
314 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use vehicles, maintenance needs vary. There may need to be more frequent checks and services. The Additional Required Services - Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 193.
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel 0 240.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services - Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer. . Used for high speed or competitive
driving.
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Severe chart.
{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can be dangerous and can cause serious injury. Perform maintenance work only if the required information, proper tools, and equipment are available. If they are not, see your dealer to have a trained technician do the work. See Doing Your Own Service Work 0 255.
Maintenance Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil 0 258.
Once a Month . Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire
Pressure 0 284. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 289. . Check the windshield washer fluid level.
See Washer Fluid 0 266.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message displays, have the engine oil and filter changed within the next 1 000 km/ 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, the engine oil life system may not indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and the oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 260.
Engine Air Filter Change
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the next engine oil change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER SOON message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the earliest convenience. Reset the engine air filter life system after the engine air filter is replaced. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 261.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires maintenance every seven years. This service requires replacement of the desiccant to help the longevity and efficient operation of the air conditioning system. This service can be complex. See your dealer.
Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the following services. See Tire Rotation 0 289.
. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and reset oil life system. See Engine Oil 0 258 and Engine Oil Life System 0 260.
. Check the air filter life percentage. If necessary, replace the engine air filter and reset the engine air filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 261.
. Check engine coolant level. See Cooling System 0 262.
. Check windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 266.
. Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressure 0 284.
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection 0 289.
. Visually check for fluid leaks.
. Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care 0 305.
. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damage, including cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose or missing parts, or signs of wear at least once a year. See Exterior Care 0 305.
. Inspect power steering for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
. Visually inspect halfshafts and drive shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or damage including: tube dents or cracks, constant velocity joint or universal joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose or missing boot clamps, center bearing excessive looseness, loose or missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks.
. Check restraint system components. See Safety System Check 0 47.
Service and Maintenance 315
. Visually inspect the fuel system, including the evaporative (EVAP) system, for damage or leaks. Visually check all fuel pipes, vapor lines, and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition.
. Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts.
. Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care 0 305.
. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 269.
. Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. If the hold open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 271.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof 0 30.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
316 Service and Maintenance
12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal
Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform Required Services. (1) Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2)
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (3)
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4)
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5)
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7)
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8)
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Footnotes -- Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal
(1) Vehicles with different size front and rear tires do not have tire rotation. See Tire Rotation 0 289.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.
(3) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 262.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.
Service and Maintenance 317
(6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Brake Fluid 0 267.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 269.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 271.
(9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
318 Service and Maintenance
12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe
Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform Required Services. (1) Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2)
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (3)
Change automatic transmission fluid.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4)
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5)
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7)
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8)
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Footnotes -- Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe
(1) Vehicles with different size front and rear tires do not have tire rotation. See Tire Rotation 0 289.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.
(3) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 262.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.
(6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Brake Fluid 0 267.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 269.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 271.
(9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years.
Special Application Services
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis components every oil change.
. Have underbody flushing service performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" in Exterior Care 0 305.
Additional Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important investment and caring for it properly may help to avoid future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle performance, additional maintenance services may be required.
It is recommended that your dealer perform these services -- their trained dealer technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories.
. To avoid break-down or failure to start the vehicle, maintain a battery with full cranking power.
Service and Maintenance 319
. Trained dealer technicians have the diagnostic equipment to test the battery and ensure that the connections and cables are corrosion-free.
Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak or show signs of cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the belts and recommend adjustment or replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping, grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty stopping.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts engineered for the vehicle.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
320 Service and Maintenance
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle's systems and components. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322 for GM approved fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses and advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and brake lamps are important to see and be seen on the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure to light, cracking, or damage. The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect the shocks and struts for signs of leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can advise when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of tire failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right tires. Your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing services to ensure smooth vehicle operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and protect the vehicle's interior and exterior, see Interior Care 0 309 and Exterior Care 0 305.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the
windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Wiper Blades Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed.
Service and Maintenance 321
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
322 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Automatic Transmission
Engine Coolant
Engine Oil
Front Axle/Rear Axle (All Wheel Drive) Hydraulic Brake System
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Hinges Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Windshield Washer
Fluid/Lubricant DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 262. Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 258. See your dealer. DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. See your dealer. Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Service and Maintenance 323
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
84215222
A3233C
Engine Oil Filter
55501357
PF66
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
13531636
CF206
Spark Plugs
55504354
41-103-IP
Wiper Blades
IDriver Side 60 cm (23.6 in)
84580856
--
IPassenger Side 45 cm (17.7 in)
84580859
--
IRear 30 cm (11.8 in)
42709518
--
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
324 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer Reading
Serviced By
Maintenance Stamp
Services Performed
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 325 Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 326 Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See "Engine Specifications" under Capacities and Specifications 0 326 for the vehicle's engine code.
Technical Data 325
Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the certification label on the center pillar that you can scan for the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . Model designation . Paint information . Production options
If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on a label inside the glovebox.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
326 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 322 for more information.
Application
Metric
Capacities
English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
9.4 L
9.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
5.0 L
5.3 qt
Fuel Tank
60.2 L
15.9 gal
IFWD
IAWD
60.9 L
16.1 gal
Wheel Nut Torque
190 Y
140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Technical Data 327
Engine Specifications
Engine
VIN Code
Transmission
Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine (LSY)
4
Automatic
0.65-0.75 mm (0.0260.030 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.0L L4 Engine (LSY)
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
328 Customer Information
Customer Information
Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 328 Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 331 Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 333 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . 333 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 336 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . 337 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Buick. Normally, any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by your dealer's sales or service departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give the inquiry prompt attention. Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance representative:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
When contacting Buick, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is why we suggest following Step One first.
STEP THREE -- U.S. Owners : Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with the new vehicle. However, if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you can file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an out-of-court program administered by BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or write them at the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program BBB National Programs, Inc. 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 http://www.bbb.org/council/ programs-services/ dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line
Customer Information 329
This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program.
STEP THREE -- Canadian Owners : In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Company wants you to be aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Company has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory-related vehicle service claims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
330 Customer Information
For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance Offices
Buick encourages customers to call the toll-free number for assistance. However, if a customer wishes to write or e-mail Buick, the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Buick Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33136 Detroit, MI 48232-5136 www.Buick.com
1-800-521-7300 1-800-832-8425 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-252-1112
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Canada
General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English) 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
All Overseas Locations
Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with Buick by dialing: 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
The Buick Owner Center (U.S.) my.buick.com
Learn more about your vehicle features, shop for and manage your connected services and OnStar plans, and access diagnostic information specific to your vehicle.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner's manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
I : View service records from your
dealership and add your own.
D : Select a dealer and view locations,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle's warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 325.
H : Manage your profile and payment
information. View your GM Rewards Card earnings and My Buick Rewards points.
F : Chat with online help representatives.
Visit my.buick.com and create an account today.
Buick Owner Centre (Canada) mybuick.ca
Visit the Buick Owner Centre at mybuick.ca (English) or my.buick.ca (French) to access similar benefits to the U.S. site.
GM Mobility Reimbursement Program
This program is available to qualified applicants for cost reimbursement, up to certain limits, of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ scooter lift for the vehicle. To learn about the GM Mobility program, see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Customer Information 331
Roadside Assistance Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the following information ready: . Your name, home address, and home
telephone number . Telephone number of your location . Location of the vehicle . Model, year, color, and license plate
number of the vehicle . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN), and delivery date of the vehicle . Description of the problem
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
332 Customer Information
Coverage
Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle's powertrain warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors North America and Buick reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification.
General Motors North America and Buick reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times.
Services Provided
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station.
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out. A remote unlock may be available if you have
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver must present identification before this service is given.
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Buick dealer for warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is not given when the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, or snow.
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and properly inflated. It is the owner's responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may be reimbursed within the Powertrain warranty period. Items considered are reasonable and customary hotel, meals, rental car, or a vehicle being delivered back to the customer, up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance
. Impound towing caused by violation of any laws.
. Legal fines.
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snow tires, chains, or other traction devices.
Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an area that is not accessible to the service vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or maintained public road, which includes ice and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered.
Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is required.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over 150 km from where your trip was started to qualify. Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
received, the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment.
. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an appointment. By scheduling a service appointment and advising the service consultant of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is safety related. If it is, please call your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring the vehicle for service, you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation Program
To enhance your ownership experience, we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada), extended powertrain, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation options are available to assist in reducing inconvenience when warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate manual entitled "Limited Warranty and Owner Assistance Information" furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to do so, your dealer may offer the following transportation options:
Customer Information 333
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are needed, and public transportation is used, the expense must be supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange their own transportation, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicle provider requirements. Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
334 Customer Information
such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program Information
All program options, such as shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer. Contact your dealer for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged, have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish the vehicle resale value, and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was originally built. Genuine GM Collision parts are the best choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed appearance, durability, and safety are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed appearance and safety performance; however, the history of these parts is not known. Such parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for the vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any vehicle failure related to such parts is not covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians and comparable equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage. There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms. Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to the GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs through the use of aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
collision parts. When purchasing insurance, we recommend that you ensure that the vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company may require you to have insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. Read the lease carefully, as you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call emergency services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. Move the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger, or you are instructed to move it by a police officer.
Give only the necessary information to police and other parties involved in the crash.
For emergency towing see Roadside Assistance Program 0 331.
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and telephone number
. Driver license number . Owner name, address, and telephone
number
. Vehicle license plate number . Vehicle make, model, and model year . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . Insurance company and policy number . General description of the damage to the
other vehicle
Choose a reputable repair facility that uses quality replacement parts. See "Collision Parts" earlier in this section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 52.
Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new
Customer Information 335
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is leased, you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance company is paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company's collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits with that company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as the cost stays within reasonable limits.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
336 Customer Information
Publication Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on the engine, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner's manuals are written specifically for owners and are intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. The owner's manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models.
Customer literature publications available for purchase include owner's manuals, warranty manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an owner's manual, warranty manual, if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer literature are available for many current and past model year GM vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 MondayFriday, 8:00 a.m.6:00 p.m. eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA, MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
To order by mail, write to:
Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency Statement
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters / receivers / systems that operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ Part 18 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. The device may not cause harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government
If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Defect Investigations and Recalls Division 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors.
In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300, or write:
Buick Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33136 Detroit, MI 482325136
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
In Mexico, call 800-200-28425 or 800-466-0818.
Customer Information 337
In other Central America and Caribbean Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
The vehicle has a number of computers that record information about the vehicle's performance and how it is driven or used. For example, the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle or to help GM improve safety or features. Some modules may also store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings.
Cybersecurity
GM collects information about the use of your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
338 Customer Information
information to provide, evaluate, improve, and troubleshoot our products and services and to develop new products and services. The protection of vehicle electronics systems and customer data from unauthorized outside electronic access or control is important to GM. GM maintains appropriate security standards, practices, guidelines and controls aimed at defending the vehicle and the vehicle service ecosystem against unauthorized electronic access, detecting possible malicious activity in related networks, and responding to suspected cybersecurity incidents in a timely, coordinated and effective manner. Security incidents could impact your safety or compromise your private data. To minimize security risks, please do not connect your vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized devices or connect your vehicle to any unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In the event you suspect any security incident impacting your data or the safe operation of your vehicle, please stop operating your vehicle and contact your dealer.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle's operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information 0 341.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions.
Customer Information 339
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
340 OnStar
OnStar
OnStar Overview OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
OnStar Services Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
OnStar Additional Information OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 341
OnStar Overview
= Voice Command Button Q Blue OnStar Button > Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: . Solid Green: System is ready. . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem.
. Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
speak with an OnStar Advisor.
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
Functionality of the Voice Command button may vary by vehicle and region.
Press = to:
. Open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. See OnStar System 0 137 for information on how to use the OnStar app.
Or . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
commands. . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
name or SSID and password, if equipped.
Press Q to connect to an Advisor to:
. Verify account information or update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance. . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
Press > to get a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: . Get help for an emergency. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
AMBER Alert. . Get assistance in severe weather or other
crisis situations and find evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an active safety and security plan. With Automatic Crash Response, built-in sensors can automatically alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact location, and relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank.
Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the vehicle and help authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, OnStar can block the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, if equipped, OnStar can work with law enforcement to gradually slow the vehicle down.
OnStar 341
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work with authorities to recover the vehicle.
OnStar Additional Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set
up an account. . After change in ownership and at
90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor can cancel or change account information.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
342 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update vehicle records and explain OnStar or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside Assistance are available on most vehicles. Not all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For more information, a full description of OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.
OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area. The wireless service provider must also have coverage, network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar or connected services. Service involving location information about the vehicle cannot work unless GPS signals are available, unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected services may not work if the OnStar equipment is not properly installed or it has not been properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, or modified, OnStar or connected services may not work. Other problems beyond the control of OnStar -- such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming -- may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 336.
Services for People with Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help with physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Press Q to help:
. Locate a gas station with an attendant to pump gas.
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets accessibility needs.
. Provide directions to the closest hospital or pharmacy in urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to communicate to deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired customers while in the vehicle. The available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or off by touching Settings, then Apps, and then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone calls can be made or received with OnStar using the infotainment display.
OnStar Personal Identification Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar services. The PIN will need to be changed the first time when speaking with an Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling
1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part of the vehicle warranty.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to respond
in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, Spanish, and French. Available languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle has been off continuously for an extended period of time without an ignition cycle. To find out the duration of time that applies for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by
pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the
vehicle has not been started for an extended period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access to the vehicle.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall buildings; in parking garages; around airports; in tunnels and underpasses; or in an area with very dense trees. If GPS signals are not available, the OnStar system should still
operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the exact location.
. In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS location to send to emergency responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The Advisor may give a verbal route or may ask for a call back after the vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for OnStar to send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the antenna to prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached maximum capacity, this message may come on. Press
Q to try the call again or try again after
driving a few miles into another cellular area.
OnStar 343
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 251. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver software updates or changes to the vehicle without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or maintain safety, security, or the operation of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Software updates or changes may affect or erase data or settings that are stored in the vehicle, such as saved navigation destinations, or pre-set radio stations. Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for any affected or erased data or settings.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
344 OnStar
These updates or changes may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy statement or separately disclosed at the time of installation. These updates or changes may also cause a system to automatically communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, identify whether updates or changes are available, or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to these software updates or changes and agreement that either OnStar or GM may remotely deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent.
OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information.
*Provided through LG Electronics INC., who is solely responsible for provisions of related OSS compliance.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Connected Services
Connected Services Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation requires a specific OnStar or connected service plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle's navigation screen, if equipped.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 2. Request directions to be downloaded to
the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided commands.
Using Voice Commands During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command button, if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
For some vehicles, press = to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment display. For
other vehicles press = as follows.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
Connected Services 345
2. Say "Cancel route." System responds: "Do you want to cancel directions?"
3. Say "Yes." System responds: "OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye."
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
2. Say "Route preview." System responds with the next three maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
2. Say "Repeat." System responds with the last direction given, then responds with "OnStar ready," then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
2. Say "Get my destination." System responds with the address and distance to the destination, then responds with "OnStar ready," then a tone.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the vehicle's navigation screen, if equipped.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
346 Connected Services
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
directions to the vehicle's navigation system, if equipped. After the call ends, the navigation screen will provide prompts to begin driving directions. Routes that are sent to the navigation screen can only be canceled through the navigation system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The following services help with staying connected.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords for the Wi-Fi hotspot and myBuick mobile application. Make these passwords different from each other and use a combination of letters and numbers to increase the security.
. Change the default name of the SSID (Service Set Identifier). This is your network's name that is visible to other wireless devices. Choose a unique name and avoid family names or vehicle descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access to the Internet and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,
press = to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), password, and on some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is possible that the icon may not illuminate even though the vehicle has an active connection.
3. To change the SSID or password, press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the SSID and password can be changed in the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your mobile devices. Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile device, by using the myBuick mobile app, or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
MyBuick Mobile App (If Available)
Download the myBuick mobile app to compatible Apple and Android smartphones. Buick users can access the following services from a smartphone:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps. . Check the vehicle's fuel level, oil life,
or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
. Send destinations to the vehicle.
. Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. market only).
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, manage settings, and monitor data consumption, if equipped.
. Locate a dealer and schedule service.
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
. Request Roadside Assistance. . Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
take a photo, make a note, and set a timer. . Connect with Buick on social media.
Features are subject to change. For myBuick mobile app information and compatibility, see my.buick.com.
An active OnStar or connected service plan may be required. A compatible device, factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Features are subject to change. For updates on feature capabilities, see my.buick.com. Message and data rates may apply.
Connected Services 347
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
348 Index
Index
A
About Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . 121 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 319 Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 180 Air Filter
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . 184 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 52 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 52 What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 51
Airbag System (cont'd) Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Airbags Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 57 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 57 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Alarm Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Alert Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Rear Pedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 269
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . .158 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . .231
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Assistance Systems for Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Audio Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Auto Stop Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Automatic Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Automatic Transmission Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . .134
B
Battery Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 124 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 302 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 154 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brake Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Braking System Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Bulb Replacement
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
C
California Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 254
California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254, 268, 302, Back Cover
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Index 349
Carbon Monoxide (cont'd) Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Check
Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 95 Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 73 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Cleaning Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
350 Index
Climate Control Systems (cont'd) Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Connected Services
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Connections Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Control Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 210 Control Light Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Controls Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Coolant Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . 100 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 180
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 333 Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Customer Information Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 336 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 328 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 148 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 269 Driver Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . 103 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Driving Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 243 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Driving (cont'd) If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
E
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 273 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Emergency OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 95 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Engine (cont'd) Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . .124
F
Filter, Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Index 351
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . .231 Frequency Statement Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Front Seats Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 243 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
352 Index
Fuel (cont'd) Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 273 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 276
G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271 Gauges
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 89 General Information Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . .147 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . .331 Guidance Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
H
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Headlamps
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . 121 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 120 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . 39 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Heater Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 180 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 43 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 180
I If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Indicator
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 60 Information Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 125
J Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 302
K Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Lamps Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 120 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 124 Malfunction Indicator (Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 70 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Lighting
Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Lights Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Check Engine (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 97 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Index 353
Lights (cont'd) Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Locks Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
M
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Maintenance and Care Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
354 Index
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Media
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Mirror Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Mirrors Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 26 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
N
Navigation Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Oil Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . .341 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
P
Park Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Parking
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Parking or Backing Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 94 Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . 184 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Personalization Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Phone Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 158 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 154
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Port USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Positioning Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . .147 Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254, 268, 302, Back Cover
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 336
R
Radio HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Recognition Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 322 Records Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Reimbursement Program, GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . .7 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Replacement Parts Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Index 355
Replacement Parts (cont'd) Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after
a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Restraints Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 201 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Roads Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 203
S
Safety Defects Reporting Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
356 Index
Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd) General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 43 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Seats Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 73
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 254 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 313 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 97 Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Spare Tire Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Storage Areas Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Struts Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
Symbols (cont'd) Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
System Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Systems Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284, 285
Tires (cont'd) Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 293 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 294 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 290 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 169
Index 357
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Transmission Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 333 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . .122
U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Updates Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
V
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Buick E2UB-N Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico14583509) - 2021 - CRC - 1/8/21
358 Index
Vehicle (cont'd) Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 337 Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
W
Warning Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Warnings Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Wipers Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
References Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode 
Patents - DTS
Compte de propriétaire Buick | Buick Canada
Buick Owner Center: The New Home For Your Account | Buick
Buick Owner Account | Buick Canada
LG Open Source
SiriusXM: Music, Sports, Talk & Podcasts, Live & On Demand
iOS - CarPlay - Apple
Explore Buick SUVs | Encore, Encore GX, Enclave, & Envision
dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
General Motors Canada: Pushing the Limits of Transportation & Technology
dexos® Licensed brands | General Motors
Fleet Vehicles, Programs & Resources | GM Envolve
Gracenote Metadata Solutions | Nielsen
Owner Manuals, Service Manuals, Wiring Diagrams, Service Bulletins - Helm Incorporated
Homelink
Legal - Immersion - Haptic Technology
Download fonts from classic to cool - Linotype.com
MPEGLA.COM
Welcome to OnStar: In-Vehicle Safety and Security System
Welcome to OnStar | Safety When & Where You Need it
P65Warnings.ca.gov/
Safer Car Vehicle Safety, Ratings and Recalls | NHTSA
SiriusXM: Music, Sports, Talk & Podcasts, Live & On Demand
Défauts et rappels des véhicules, des pneus et des sièges d’auto pour enfant
TOP TIER - High-quality Fuel Performance Standard - TOP TIER™
Index
Particulate Matter (PM) Pollution | US EPA